[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025079519A1 - Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element - Google Patents

Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025079519A1
WO2025079519A1 PCT/JP2024/035592 JP2024035592W WO2025079519A1 WO 2025079519 A1 WO2025079519 A1 WO 2025079519A1 JP 2024035592 W JP2024035592 W JP 2024035592W WO 2025079519 A1 WO2025079519 A1 WO 2025079519A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
polymer
diamine
crystal alignment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2024/035592
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
昂太郎 溝口
翔一朗 中原
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nissan Chemical Corp
Original Assignee
Nissan Chemical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nissan Chemical Corp filed Critical Nissan Chemical Corp
Publication of WO2025079519A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025079519A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/16Polyester-imides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent that can obtain a liquid crystal alignment film with a high voltage retention rate even when a negative liquid crystal is used, and that has excellent printability, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element that uses the liquid crystal alignment film.
  • Polymer (A) A polymer (P A ) selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing 40 mol % or more of a diamine (A) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine (A)) represented by the following formula (D A ) based on the total diamine component, and a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor.
  • P A A polymer selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing 40 mol % or more of a diamine (A) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine (A)) represented by the following formula (D A ) based on the total diamine component, and
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group which is a divalent benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic group may be replaced with a monovalent group.
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, or *1-O—CO— (*1 represents a bond to Ar 1 or Ar 2 ).
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing an example of a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing another example of a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing the above polymer (A) and a polymer other than the polymer (A),
  • the content of polymer (A) is 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of polymers other than polymer (A).
  • the polymers other than polymer (A) do not include those included in the definition of polymer (A).
  • Examples of the monovalent group substituting the hydrogen atom of the divalent aromatic group of Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the above formula (D A ) include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, etc.
  • a halogen atom an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • Preferred examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 include 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 2-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-ethyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-propyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-butyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-isopropyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-tert-butyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-methoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-ethoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-propoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-butoxy-1,4-phenylene, and the like.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group for Z in formula (D A ) above include monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, monovalent group A obtained by replacing a methylene group of the hydrocarbon group with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -COS-, -NR 3 -, -CO-NR 3 -, -Si(R 3 ) 2 - (wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), -SO 2 - or the like, monovalent groups obtained by replacing at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of the monovalent hydrocarbon group or the monovalent group A with a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mercapto group, a nitroso group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, a silanol group, a s
  • R 1 represents a monovalent group such as a fluorine atom, a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • X 2 represents —O—, —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—, or —OCO—, and when there are two of m, n, X 1 and R 1 , each independently has the above definition.
  • the tetracarboxylic acid component to be reacted with the diamine component may be not only an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, but also a derivative of an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, such as an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, or an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide.
  • More preferred examples of the specific alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-difluoro-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, anhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarbox
  • the tetracarboxylic acid component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P A ') may contain a tetracarboxylic acid derivative other than the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) (hereinafter, also referred to as other tetracarboxylic acid derivative).
  • a tetracarboxylic acid derivative other than the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) hereinafter, also referred to as other tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
  • the amount of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) used relative to the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
  • Examples of the other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and derivatives thereof.
  • Acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides are acid dianhydrides obtained by intramolecular dehydration of four carboxy groups bonded to a chain hydrocarbon structure, but do not necessarily have to be composed of a chain hydrocarbon structure alone, and may have an alicyclic structure or an aromatic ring structure as part of the structure.
  • the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is an acid dianhydride obtained by intramolecular dehydration of four carboxy groups, including at least one carboxy group bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative more preferably contains a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride having a benzene ring or a derivative thereof.
  • One or more hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring, biphenyl structure, or naphthalene ring may be substituted with a monovalent group.
  • the monovalent group include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and a nitro group.
  • the bonding positions of the benzene ring in Ar 1 and Ar 1′ , in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably 1-position and 4-position
  • the bonding positions of the biphenyl structure in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted are preferably 4-position and 4-position
  • the bonding positions of the naphthalene ring in Ar 1 and Ar 1′, in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted are preferably 2-position and 6-position.
  • Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
  • the specific diamine (B) is preferably a diamine represented by the following formulae (d AL -1) to (d AL -10), 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,7-bis(3-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,8-bis(4-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,8-bis(3-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,9-bis(4-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,9-bis(3-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,10-bis(4-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,10-bis(3-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,11-bis(4 1,11-bis(3-aminophenoxy)undecane, 1,12-bis(4-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,12-bis(3-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,2-bis(6-amino-2-naph
  • the polyamic acid (P B ') which is a polyimide precursor of the polymer (P B ) can be obtained by a polymerization reaction between a diamine component containing the specific diamine (B) and a tetracarboxylic acid component.
  • the specific diamine (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the specific diamine (B) used is preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, and even more preferably 20 mol % or more, based on the total diamine components.
  • the diamine component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P B ') may contain a diamine other than the specific diamine (B) (hereinafter also referred to as other diamine 2).
  • the amount of the specific diamine (B) used relative to the diamine component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
  • the amount of the specific diamine (A) used is less than 40 mol %, preferably less than 35 mol %, and more preferably less than 30 mol %.
  • the amount of the specific diamine (C) used is less than 30 mol %, and preferably less than 20 mol %.
  • a preferred specific example of the other diamine 2 is a diamine excluding the specific diamine (B) from the above other diamine 1.
  • the other diamine 2 may be a diamine excluding the specific diamine (C) described below.
  • Y represents a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle and a group "*21-NR-*22" (*21 and *22 represent bonds bonded to carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring. However, the carbon atom does not form a ring with the nitrogen atom to which R is bonded.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is bonded to the nitrogen atom at a carbon atom other than the carbonyl carbon.
  • Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
  • Examples of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle in the above formula (d n ) include a pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, triazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine ring, indole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, phthalazine ring, triazine ring, carbazole ring, acridine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, pyrrolidine ring, hexamethyleneimine ring, etc.
  • a pyridine ring a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a quinoline ring, a carbazole ring, or an acridine ring is preferred.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R in the above formula (d n ) include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and propyl groups, alkenyl groups such as vinyl groups, cycloalkyl groups such as cyclohexyl groups, aryl groups such as phenyl and methylphenyl groups, and alkoxy groups (e.g., methoxy and ethoxy groups), etc.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • diamine represented by the above formula (d n -1) include diamines represented by the following formulas (Dp-1) to (Dp-6).
  • the polymer (P C ) is, for example, a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing the specific diamine (C) or a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor.
  • examples of the polyimide precursor include, but are not limited to, polymers that can be imidized to obtain polyimide, such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.
  • the polyamic acid (P ' ) which is a polyimide precursor of the polymer ( P ') can be obtained by a polymerization reaction between a diamine component containing the specific diamine (C) and a tetracarboxylic acid component.
  • the specific diamine (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the specific diamine (C) used is preferably 35 mol % or more, more preferably 40 mol % or more, and even more preferably 45 mol % or more, based on the total diamine components.
  • the diamine component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P C ') may contain a diamine other than the specific diamine (C) (hereinafter also referred to as other diamine 3).
  • the amount of the specific diamine (C) used relative to the diamine component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
  • the other diamine 3 is contained as the diamine component, the specific diamine (A) is not contained.
  • Preferable specific examples of the other diamine 3 include the diamines obtained by excluding the specific diamine (C) from the above other diamine 1.
  • the other diamine 3 preferably contains a diamine having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a urea bond, an amide bond, a carboxy group, and a hydroxy group in the molecule, and at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of the specific diamine (B) (these are also referred to as specific diamine (c2) in the present invention).
  • the diamine component may be a single diamine or a combination of two or more diamines.
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is, for example, a liquid composition obtained by dispersing or dissolving the polymer (A), a polymer other than the polymer (A), and other components used as necessary, preferably in a suitable solvent.
  • the total content of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be appropriately changed depending on the thickness of the coating film to be formed, but it is preferably 1% by mass or more from the viewpoint of forming a uniform and defect-free coating film, and is preferably 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution.
  • the particularly preferred total content of the polymers is 2 to 8% by mass.
  • the mass ratio of the polymer (C) to the content of the polymer (B) is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 90/10, and further preferably 20/80 to 80/20.
  • the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the polymer (A), the polymer (B), and the polymer (C), it may contain other polymers other than the polymers (P A ) to (P C ).
  • other polymers include, in addition to the above-mentioned polymer (P), at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors other than the polymers (P A ) to (P C ) and polyimides which are imidized products of the polyimide precursors, polysiloxanes, polyesters, polyamides, polyureas, polyorganosiloxanes, cellulose derivatives, polyacetals, polystyrene derivatives, poly(styrene-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(vinyl ether-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(styrene-phenylmaleimide) derivatives, and polymers selected from the group
  • poly(styrene-maleic anhydride) copolymers include SMA1000, SMA2000, SMA3000 (manufactured by Cray Valley Corporation) and GSM301 (manufactured by Gifu Ceramics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), and a specific example of poly(isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymers includes ISOBAM-600 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.).
  • a specific example of poly(vinyl ether-maleic anhydride) copolymers includes Gantrez AN-139 (methyl vinyl ether maleic anhydride resin, manufactured by Ashland Corporation).
  • the other polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the other polymers is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 to 90 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.
  • the polyamic acid is produced by reacting a diamine component with a tetracarboxylic acid component in an organic solvent.
  • the ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component used in the reaction for producing the polyamic acid is preferably such that the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic acid component is 0.5 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, per equivalent of the amino group of the diamine component.
  • the closer the equivalent of the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic acid component is to 1 equivalent the higher the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced.
  • the reaction temperature in the production of polyamic acid is preferably ⁇ 20 to 150° C., more preferably 0 to 100° C.
  • the reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 12 hours.
  • the production of polyamic acid can be carried out at any concentration, but the concentration of polyamic acid is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction can be carried out at a high concentration in the early stage of the reaction, and then a solvent can be added.
  • solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether can be used.
  • the polyamic acid ester can be obtained by a known method such as, for example, [I] a method of reacting the polyamic acid obtained by the above-mentioned method with an esterifying agent, [II] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine, or [III] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide with a diamine.
  • Methods for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization, in which a solution of the polyimide precursor is heated as is, and catalytic imidization, in which a catalyst is added to a solution of the polyimide precursor.
  • the temperature when thermally imidizing the polyimide precursor in a solution is preferably 100 to 400° C., more preferably 120 to 250° C., and it is preferable to carry out the imidization while removing water produced by the imidization reaction from the system.
  • Catalytic imidization of polyimide precursors can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to a solution of the polyimide precursor and stirring at -20 to 250°C, preferably 0 to 180°C.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 molar times, preferably 2 to 20 molar times, the amount of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 molar times, preferably 3 to 30 molar times, the amount of the amic acid group.
  • Examples of basic catalysts include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine, and among these, pyridine is preferred because it has a suitable basicity for promoting the reaction.
  • acid anhydrides examples include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride, and among these, acetic anhydride is preferred because it makes purification after the reaction easy.
  • the imidization rate by catalytic imidization can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.
  • the reaction solution may be poured into a solvent to cause precipitation.
  • solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer precipitated by pouring into the solvent can be recovered by filtration, and then dried at room temperature or by heating under normal or reduced pressure.
  • the recovered polymer can be redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitated and recovered 2 to 10 times to reduce the amount of impurities in the polymer.
  • the solvent used in this case include alcohols, ketones, and hydrocarbons. Using three or more solvents selected from these is preferable because it further increases the efficiency of purification.
  • a terminal-capping polymer may be produced by using a tetracarboxylic acid component containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or a derivative thereof, and a diamine component containing the above-mentioned diamine, together with a suitable terminal-capping agent.
  • the terminal-capping polymer has the effect of improving the film hardness of the alignment film obtained by coating and improving the adhesion property between the sealant and the alignment film.
  • the terminals of the polyimide precursor or polyimide in the present invention include an amino group, a carboxy group, an acid anhydride group, or a group derived from a terminal blocking agent described below.
  • the amino group, the carboxy group, and the acid anhydride group can be obtained by a normal condensation reaction or by blocking the terminals with the terminal blocking agent described below.
  • Examples of the end-capping agent include acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, maleic anhydride, nadic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, 3-hydroxyphthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, 3-(3-trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3,4-dihydrofuran-2,5-dione, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroisobenzofuran-1,3-dione, and 4-ethynylphthalic anhydride; dicarbonic acid diester compounds such as di-tert-butyl dicarbonate and diallyl dicarbonate; chlorocarbonyl compounds such as acryloyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, and nicotinic acid chloride; and aniline.
  • acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, maleic anhydride, nadic anhydride, phthal
  • isocyanate examples include monoamine compounds such as phosphorus, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, and n-octylamine; and isocyanates having an unsaturated bond such as ethyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate, or 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
  • the proportion of the end-capping agent used is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mole, and more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mole, per 100 parts by mole of the total
  • the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor and polyimide measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 50,000.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), expressed as the ratio of Mw to the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC, is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. Having the molecular weight within this range ensures good liquid crystal alignment in the liquid crystal display element.
  • the organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves the polymer (A) and polymers other than the polymer (A) uniformly.
  • Examples of the solvent include methylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, N-(n-propyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-isopropyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(n-butyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-(t-butyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-(n-pentyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-methoxypropyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethoxyethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methoxybutyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone (collectively referred to as good solvents).
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and ⁇ -butyrolactone are preferred.
  • the content of the good solvent is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 80% by mass, of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.
  • Examples of poor solvents include diisopropyl ether, diisobutyl ether, diisobutyl carbinol (2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 1,2-dibutoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, and 3-ethoxybutyl ether.
  • diisobutyl carbinol propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diisobutyl ketone are preferred.
  • Preferred solvent combinations of good and poor solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and propylene glycol diacetate, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and diisobutyl ketone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and propylene glycol monobutyl ether
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and diethylene glycol monopropyl ether N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and diethylene glycol monopropyl ether
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate ether N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N,
  • crosslinkable compound examples include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, bisphenol A type epoxy resins such as Epicoat (registered trademark) 828 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), bisphenol F type epoxy resins such as Epicoat 807 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy resins such as YX-8000 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and biphenylene glycol
  • the solid content concentration is 1 to 5 mass%, thereby making the solution viscosity 3 to 15 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the temperature when preparing the polymer composition is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 20 to 30°C.
  • Step (1) is a step of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate.
  • step (1) is a step of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate.
  • a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to one side of a substrate on which a patterned transparent conductive film is provided, for example, by a suitable application method such as a roll coater method, a spin coat method, a printing method, or an inkjet method.
  • the material of the substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, and plastics such as acrylic and polycarbonate can be used in addition to glass and silicon nitride.
  • Methods for applying the liquid crystal alignment agent to a substrate and forming a film include screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, the inkjet method, and the spray method.
  • the inkjet method is the most suitable for application and film formation.
  • the baking time is not particularly limited, but may be 1 to 10 minutes or 1 to 5 minutes.
  • a baking step at, for example, 150 to 300°C or 150 to 250°C may be added after the above step.
  • the baking time is not particularly limited, but may be 5 to 40 minutes or 5 to 30 minutes. If the film-like material after firing is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display device may decrease, so the film thickness is preferably 5 to 300 nm, and more preferably 10 to 200 nm.
  • Examples of the photo-alignment treatment method include a method in which the surface of the above-mentioned film-like material is irradiated with polarized radiation in a certain direction, and, if necessary, a heat treatment is performed at a temperature of preferably 150 to 250° C. to impart liquid crystal alignment (also called liquid crystal alignment ability).
  • a heat treatment is performed at a temperature of preferably 150 to 250° C. to impart liquid crystal alignment (also called liquid crystal alignment ability).
  • the radiation ultraviolet rays or visible light having a wavelength of 100 to 800 nm can be used. Among them, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of preferably 100 to 400 nm, more preferably 200 to 400 nm, are used.
  • the radiation dose is preferably 1 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 5,000 mJ/cm 2.
  • the substrate having the film-like material may be irradiated while being heated at 50 to 250° C. in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film thus produced can stably align liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film irradiated with polarized radiation by the above-mentioned method can be contact-treated with water or a solvent, or the liquid crystal alignment film irradiated with radiation can be heat-treated.
  • the second method is a method called ODF (One Drop Fill) method.
  • ODF One Drop Fill
  • a UV-curable sealant is applied to a predetermined location on one of the two substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and a liquid crystal composition is dropped at a predetermined number of locations on the liquid crystal alignment film surface.
  • the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces the other substrate, and the liquid crystal composition is spread over the entire surface of the substrate to contact the film surface.
  • the entire surface of the substrate is irradiated with UV light to cure the sealant.
  • it is preferable to remove the flow alignment during liquid crystal filling by heating the substrate to a temperature at which the liquid crystal composition used has an isotropic phase and then slowly cooling to room temperature.
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain a liquid crystal compound having a fluorine atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a fluorine atom-containing group (e.g., a trifluoromethyl group), a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an isothiocyanate group, a heterocycle, a cycloalkane, a cycloalkene, a steroid skeleton, a benzene ring, or a naphthalene ring, and may contain a compound having two or more rigid moieties (mesogenic skeletons) that exhibit liquid crystallinity within the molecule (e.g., a bimesogenic compound in which two rigid biphenyl structures or terphenyl structures are linked by an alkyl group).
  • a fluorine atom-containing group e.g., a trifluoromethyl group
  • a cyano group e.g.,
  • the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is also preferably used for a liquid crystal display element (SC-PVA mode type liquid crystal display element) which has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates equipped with electrodes, and is manufactured through a process of disposing a liquid crystal alignment film containing a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates, and applying a voltage between the electrodes.
  • SC-PVA mode type liquid crystal display element which has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates equipped with electrodes, and is manufactured through a process of disposing a liquid crystal alignment film containing a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates, and applying a voltage between the electrodes.
  • Step (4-2) In the case of a PSA type liquid crystal display element> The method is carried out in the same manner as in (4) above, except that a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound is injected or dropped.
  • the polymerizable compound include polymerizable compounds having one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule, such as an acrylate group or a methacrylate group.
  • Step (4-3) In the case of an SC-PVA mode type liquid crystal display element> A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element through a step of irradiating ultraviolet light as described below after the above-mentioned (4) may be adopted. According to this method, a liquid crystal display element having excellent response speed can be obtained with a small amount of light irradiation, as in the case of manufacturing the PSA type liquid crystal display element.
  • the compound having a polymerizable group may be a compound having one or more of the above-mentioned polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule, and the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components.
  • the polymerizable group may be contained in a polymer used for a liquid crystal alignment agent, and an example of such a polymer is a polymer obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine having the above-mentioned photopolymerizable group at its terminal in a reaction.
  • An IPS substrate which is a comb-tooth electrode substrate used in the IPS mode, has a base material, a plurality of linear electrodes formed on the base material and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the base material so as to cover the linear electrodes.
  • the FFS substrate which is a comb-tooth electrode substrate used in the FFS mode, has a base material, a surface electrode formed on the base material, an insulating film formed on the surface electrode, a plurality of linear electrodes formed on the insulating film and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the insulating film so as to cover the linear electrodes.
  • the comb-tooth electrode substrate 2 has a base material 2d, a plane electrode 2e formed on the base material 2d, an insulating film 2f formed on the plane electrode 2e, a plurality of linear electrodes 2g formed on the insulating film 2f and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film 2h formed on the insulating film 2f so as to cover the linear electrodes 2g.
  • the counter substrate 4 has a base material 4b and a liquid crystal alignment film 4a formed on the base material 4b.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film 2h is, for example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal alignment film 4a is also the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.
  • this IPS LCD element 1 when a voltage is applied to the plane electrodes 2e and the linear electrodes 2g, an electric field is generated between the plane electrodes 2e and the linear electrodes 2g as indicated by electric field lines L.
  • AD-1 to AD-2 Compounds represented by the following formulas (AD-1) to (AD-2), respectively.
  • GPC device GPC-101 (Showa Denko K.K.), Column: GPC KD-803 and GPC KD-805 (Showa Denko K.K.) in series; Column temperature: 50 ° C.
  • DA-1 (3.12 g, 7.49 mmol) and NMP (22.9 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Thereafter, CA-1 (1.60 g, 7.14 mmol) and NMP (10.8 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-6) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 282 mPa ⁇ s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 10,704, and the Mw was 39,144.
  • the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic acid components and diamine components used in Synthesis Examples 1 to 8 are shown in Table 1.
  • Table 1 the numbers in parentheses for the tetracarboxylic acid components and diamine components indicate the proportion (parts by mole) of each compound used relative to 100 parts by mole of the total amount of the diamine components used in the synthesis of each polyamic acid.
  • the polyamic acids A-1 and A-3 correspond to the polymer (B) of the present invention
  • the polyamic acids A-2, A-4, and A-7 correspond to the polymer (C) of the present invention
  • the polyamic acids A-5 to A-6, and A-8 correspond to the polymer (A) of the present invention.
  • Example 1 To the solution (1.22 g) of the polyamic acid (A-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the solution (2.93 g) of the polyamic acid (A-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, the solution (0.15 g) of the polyamic acid (A-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, NMP (0.55 g), GBL (4.78 g), BCS (4.50 g), AD-1 (1 mass% GBL solution, 0.59 g), and AD-2 (10 mass% NMP solution, 0.29 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (AL-1) of the present invention.
  • NMP (0.55 g)
  • GBL (4.78 g)
  • BCS 4.50 g
  • AD-1 (1 mass% GBL solution, 0.59 g
  • AD-2 10 mass% NMP solution, 0.29 g
  • a liquid crystal cell having the structure of an FFS mode liquid crystal display element was prepared.
  • a substrate with electrodes was prepared.
  • the substrate was a rectangular glass substrate with dimensions of 30 mm x 50 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm.
  • An ITO electrode with a solid pattern was formed on the substrate as a first layer, which constituted a common electrode.
  • a SiN (silicon nitride) film formed by CVD (chemical vapor deposition) was formed as a second layer on the first common electrode.
  • the thickness of the second SiN film was 300 nm, which was a thickness that functioned as an interlayer insulating film.
  • a comb-shaped pixel electrode formed by patterning an ITO film as a third layer was arranged on the second SiN film, and two pixels, a first pixel and a second pixel, were formed, and the size of each pixel was 10 mm long and 5 mm wide.
  • This substrate with electrodes had a structure in which the first common electrode and the third pixel electrode were insulated by the second SiN film.
  • the pixel electrode of the third layer had a comb-like shape with the central portion bent at an interior angle of 160° and multiple electrode lines, each 3 ⁇ m wide, arranged in parallel at intervals of 6 ⁇ m.
  • One pixel was formed by multiple electrode lines and had a first region and a second region separated by a line connecting the bent portions.
  • This coating film was subjected to a rubbing alignment treatment (roller diameter: 120 mm, roller rotation speed: 1000 rpm, moving speed: 20 mm / sec, indentation length: 0.4 mm) with a rayon cloth (HY-5318, manufactured by Hyperflex). Thereafter, it was washed by ultrasonic irradiation in pure water for 1 minute, water droplets were removed by air blowing, and then it was dried for 10 minutes on a hot plate at 80 ° C. to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film.
  • a rubbing alignment treatment roller diameter: 120 mm, roller rotation speed: 1000 rpm, moving speed: 20 mm / sec, indentation length: 0.4 mm
  • rayon cloth HY-5318, manufactured by Hyperflex
  • the liquid crystal alignment film formed on the electrode substrate was subjected to an alignment treatment so that the direction that divides the inner angle of the pixel bend is parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal, and the alignment film formed on the counter substrate was subjected to an alignment treatment so that the alignment direction of the liquid crystal on the electrode substrate coincides with the alignment direction of the liquid crystal on the counter substrate when the liquid crystal cell was produced.
  • the above two substrates were combined into a set, and a sealant (Mitsui Chemicals XN-1500T) was printed on the substrate using a dispenser, and another substrate was attached to the set so that the alignment directions of the liquid crystal alignment films were 0° and faced each other.
  • the attached substrates were then pressed together and heated for 60 minutes in a hot air circulation oven at 150°C to harden the sealant, producing an empty cell.
  • Negative liquid crystal NA-1559 (DIC) was injected into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was sealed to obtain an FFS drive liquid crystal cell.
  • the obtained liquid crystal cell was then heated at 120°C for 1 hour and left at 23°C overnight before being used for evaluation.
  • This evaluation is for evaluating image retention (also called AC image retention) that occurs due to deterioration of the alignment performance of a liquid crystal alignment film during long-term AC driving.
  • image retention also called AC image retention
  • an AC voltage of ⁇ 6.5V was applied at a frequency of 30 Hz for 120 hours on a high-luminance backlight (light source: LED, luminance: 30,000 cd/m 2 ) with a surface temperature of 50° C. Then, the pixel electrode and the common electrode of the liquid crystal cell were shorted, and the cell was left at room temperature (23° C.) for one day.
  • the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained above was applied by spin coating to an ITO substrate having a size of 100 mm x 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm. After drying for 2 minutes on a hot plate at 80°C, it was baked for 20 minutes in a hot air circulation oven at 230°C to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 60 nm. When the substrate with the liquid crystal alignment film was observed with the naked eye, if the coating surface was uniform and free of unevenness, it was marked as " ⁇ ", and if unevenness was visible on the coating surface, it was marked as " ⁇ ".
  • the liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is widely used in liquid crystal display elements of various operation modes, but can also be used, for example, as a liquid crystal alignment film for retardation films, liquid crystal alignment films for scanning antennas and liquid crystal array antennas, or liquid crystal alignment films for transmissive scattering type liquid crystal dimming elements.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be effectively applied to devices with various functions, such as liquid crystal televisions, clocks, portable games, word processors, notebook computers, car navigation systems, camcorders, PDAs, digital cameras, mobile phones, smartphones, various monitors, and information displays.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a liquid crystal aligning agent which has excellent printability and from which it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal alignment film having a high voltage retention rate even when a negative type liquid crystal is used therein; a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal aligning agent; and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film. This liquid crystal aligning agent contains a polymer (A) and a polymer other than said polymer (A). The contained amount of said polymer (A) is 0.1-10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total contained amount of the polymer other than said polymer (A). Polymer (A): A polymer (PA) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors obtained by using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component including an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component including 40 mol% or more of a diamine (A) represented by formula (DA) with respect to all diamine components, and polyimides which are imides of said polyimide precursors. (DA): Z-NH-Ar1-X1-(R1-L)n-R2-X2-Ar2-NH-Z

Description

液晶配向剤、液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

 本発明は、液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤から得られた液晶配向膜、及び該液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal alignment film.

 液晶表示素子は、携帯電話、スマートフォンなどの小型用途から、テレビ用、モニター用などの比較的大型の用途まで幅広く使用されている。また、電極構造や、使用する液晶分子の物性等が異なる種々の駆動方式が開発され、例えば、TN(Twisted Nematic)方式、STN(Super Twisted Nematic)方式、VA(Vertical Alignment)方式、IPS(In-Plane Switching)方式、FFS(Fringe Field Switching)方式等の各種のモードを用いた液晶表示素子が知られている。これらの液晶表示素子は、一般的に、液晶分子の配列状態を制御するために不可欠な液晶配向膜を有する。液晶配向膜の材料としては、ポリアミック酸やその誘導体(例えば、ポリイミド等)が一般に使用されている。 Liquid crystal display elements are widely used in a wide range of applications, from small applications such as mobile phones and smartphones to relatively large applications such as televisions and monitors. In addition, various driving methods have been developed that differ in electrode structure and physical properties of the liquid crystal molecules used. For example, liquid crystal display elements using various modes such as the TN (Twisted Nematic) method, the STN (Super Twisted Nematic) method, the VA (Vertical Alignment) method, the IPS (In-Plane Switching) method, and the FFS (Fringe Field Switching) method are known. These liquid crystal display elements generally have a liquid crystal alignment film, which is essential for controlling the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules. Polyamic acid and its derivatives (e.g., polyimide, etc.) are commonly used as materials for the liquid crystal alignment film.

 液晶表示素子には、高い表示品位が求められ、特許文献1には、1,5-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ペンタン等の、芳香族ジアミンを含有してなる液晶配向膜用組成物が開示されている。また、特許文献2には、2つの芳香族基が、エーテル結合を介してアルキレンエステル鎖と連結したジアミンが開示され、当該ジアミンを原料に用いて得られるポリアミック酸又はその誘導体を含有する液晶配向剤が開示されている。
 また、IPS方式、FFS方式等の液晶表示素子において、コントラストを向上させるため、ネガ型液晶を用いた検討がなされている(特許文献3)。
Liquid crystal display elements are required to have high display quality, and Patent Document 1 discloses a composition for liquid crystal alignment films containing an aromatic diamine such as 1,5-bis(4-aminophenoxy)pentane. Patent Document 2 discloses a diamine in which two aromatic groups are linked to an alkylene ester chain via an ether bond, and a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyamic acid or a derivative thereof obtained by using the diamine as a raw material.
Furthermore, in liquid crystal display elements of the IPS mode, FFS mode, and the like, the use of negative liquid crystals has been investigated in order to improve contrast (Patent Document 3).

日本特開平06-194670号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 06-194670 WO2022/220199号公報WO2022/220199 publication WO2016/152928号公報WO2016/152928 publication

 液晶表示素子は、一般的に、素子基板とカラーフィルタ基板との間に挟持された液晶層、液晶層に電界を印加する画素電極及び共通電極、液晶層の液晶分子の配向性を制御する液晶配向膜、及び画素電極に供給される電気信号をスイッチングする薄膜トランジスタ(TFT)等を備えている。
 近年では、大画面で高精細な液晶表示素子が主体となり、4Kや8Kといった、画素数を増やした表示素子の規格が作られている。液晶配向膜には、TFTを備える基板の表面段差に対しても均一な膜厚を確保できる特性が求められている。そのため、従来の液晶配向剤と比較して、より印刷性に優れた液晶配向剤が求められている。
 また、液晶表示素子にネガ型液晶を適用した場合、光や熱などの光や温度などの外部刺激により経時的に発生する画像焼き付き(区画及び線の画像焼き付き)、ムラ、又はヨゴレなどの表示不良の発生が発生しやすいことが明らかとなった。
 そのため、これらの不良の発生を抑制するため、所謂表示品位の長期信頼性をもたらすための条件となる高い電圧保持率を有する液晶配向膜が求められている。
A liquid crystal display element generally includes a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between an element substrate and a color filter substrate, pixel electrodes and a common electrode that apply an electric field to the liquid crystal layer, a liquid crystal alignment film that controls the orientation of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer, and thin film transistors (TFTs) that switch electrical signals supplied to the pixel electrodes.
In recent years, large-screen, high-definition liquid crystal display elements have become mainstream, and standards for display elements with increased pixel counts, such as 4K and 8K, are being created. Liquid crystal alignment films are required to have the property of ensuring a uniform film thickness even over surface irregularities on substrates equipped with TFTs. Therefore, liquid crystal alignment agents with better printability than conventional liquid crystal alignment agents are required.
In addition, it has become clear that when negative type liquid crystals are applied to liquid crystal display elements, display defects such as image sticking (image sticking of sections and lines), unevenness, or smudges that occur over time due to external stimuli such as light and heat are likely to occur.
Therefore, in order to suppress the occurrence of these defects, a liquid crystal alignment film is required that has a high voltage holding ratio, which is a condition for providing so-called long-term reliability of display quality.

 以上のようなことから、本発明の目的は、ネガ型液晶を用いた場合でも高い電圧保持率を有する液晶配向膜を得ることができ、且つ、印刷性に優れる液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜、及び該液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子を提供することにある。 In view of the above, the object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent that can obtain a liquid crystal alignment film with a high voltage retention rate even when a negative liquid crystal is used, and that has excellent printability, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element that uses the liquid crystal alignment film.

 本発明者は、上記課題を達成するために鋭意研究を行った結果、特定重合体を含有する液晶配向剤が、上記の目的を達成するために有効であることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of intensive research into achieving the above object, the inventors discovered that a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a specific polymer is effective in achieving the above objective, leading to the completion of the present invention.

 本発明は、下記を要旨とするものである。
 下記の重合体(A)、及び重合体(A)以外の重合体を含有する液晶配向剤であって、
 重合体(A)の含有量が、重合体(A)以外の重合体の含有量の合計100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上であり、且つ、10質量部以下である、上記液晶配向剤。
The present invention relates to the following.
A liquid crystal aligning agent containing the following polymer (A) and a polymer other than the polymer (A),
The liquid crystal aligning agent, wherein the content of the polymer (A) is 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymers other than the polymer (A).

 重合体(A):脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分と、下記式(D)で表されるジアミン(A)(以下、特定ジアミン(A)ともいう。)を全ジアミン成分に対して40モル%以上含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる、重合体(P)。
 Z-NH-Ar-X-(R-L)-R-X-Ar-NH-Z (D
(式(D)中、Ar、Arは、それぞれ独立して、2価のベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環のいずれかの2価の芳香族基を表し、該芳香族基の任意の水素原子は1価の基で置き換えられてもよい。
 X、Xは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、又は*1-O-CO-を表す。(*1は、Ar又はArとの結合手を表す。)
 R,Rは、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基であり、該2価の炭化水素基が有する水素原子の一部は、ハロゲン原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよい。複数のRは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。
 Lは、-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、複数のLは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。ただし、少なくとも1つのLは-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。
 nは、1~6の整数である。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。)
 なお、本発明において、ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。
Polymer (A): A polymer (P A ) selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing 40 mol % or more of a diamine (A) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine (A)) represented by the following formula (D A ) based on the total diamine component, and a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor.
Z-NH-Ar 1 -X 1 -(R 1 -L) n -R 2 -X 2 -Ar 2 -NH-Z (D A )
In formula (D A ), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group which is a divalent benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic group may be replaced with a monovalent group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, or *1-O—CO— (*1 represents a bond to Ar 1 or Ar 2 ).
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group, and some of the hydrogen atoms in the divalent hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms, methyl groups, trifluoromethyl groups, or hydroxy groups. Multiple R 1s may be the same or different.
L represents -O-, -C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-. When a plurality of Ls are present, the plurality of Ls may be the same or different, provided that at least one L represents -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-.
n is an integer from 1 to 6.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
In the present invention, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

 本発明によれば、ネガ型液晶を用いた場合でも高い電圧保持率を有する液晶配向膜を得ることができ、且つ、印刷性に優れる液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜、及び該液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子、並びにそれらに用いることができる化合物、及び重合体が得られる。 The present invention provides a liquid crystal alignment film that has a high voltage retention rate even when a negative liquid crystal is used, and also provides a liquid crystal alignment agent with excellent printability, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film, and compounds and polymers that can be used therein.

 本発明の上記効果が得られるメカニズムは必ずしも明らかではないが、ほぼ次のように推定される。まず、本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される重合体(A)は、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分と上記特定ジアミン(A)によって形成される構造を含む。また、重合体(A)は、上記特定ジアミン(A)に由来するエステル結合を、その繰り返し単位構造中に含むため、表示不良の原因となるイオン性不純物と相互作用し、不純物の拡散を抑えるトラップ現象によって電圧保持率が向上したと考えられる。また、分子構造が柔軟性に富む重合体(A)を少量含み、且つ、重合体(A)及び重合体(A)以外の重合体を含有しているため、重合体同士の凝集が抑制され、優れた印刷性が発現したと考えられる。 The mechanism by which the above-mentioned effects of the present invention are obtained is not entirely clear, but is roughly presumed to be as follows. First, the polymer (A) contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a structure formed by a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the above-mentioned specific diamine (A). In addition, since the polymer (A) contains an ester bond derived from the above-mentioned specific diamine (A) in its repeating unit structure, it is believed that the voltage retention rate is improved by the trap phenomenon that interacts with ionic impurities that cause display defects and suppresses the diffusion of impurities. In addition, since the polymer (A) contains a small amount of the polymer (A) with a highly flexible molecular structure and contains polymers other than the polymer (A) and the polymer (A), it is believed that the aggregation between the polymers is suppressed, resulting in the development of excellent printability.

本発明の横電界液晶表示素子の一例を示す概略部分断面図である。1 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing an example of a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element of the present invention. 本発明の横電界液晶表示素子の他の例を示す概略部分断面図である。FIG. 4 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing another example of a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element of the present invention.

 本発明の液晶配向剤は、上記重合体(A)、及び重合体(A)以外の重合体を含有する液晶配向剤であって、
 重合体(A)の含有量が、重合体(A)以外の重合体の含有量の合計100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上であり、且つ、10質量部以下である。但し、上記重合体(A)以外の重合体は、重合体(A)の定義に入るものは含まれない。
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a liquid crystal aligning agent containing the above polymer (A) and a polymer other than the polymer (A),
The content of polymer (A) is 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of polymers other than polymer (A). However, the polymers other than polymer (A) do not include those included in the definition of polymer (A).

<重合体(A)>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される重合体(A)は、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分と、下記式(D)で表されるジアミン(A)(以下、特定ジアミン(A)ともいう。)を全ジアミン成分に対して40モル%以上含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる、重合体(P)である。重合体(A)は、1種類又は2種類以上の重合体(P)を用いても良い。
 Z-NH-Ar-X-(R-L)-R-X-Ar-NH-Z (D
(式(D)中、Ar、Arは、それぞれ独立して、2価のベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環のいずれかの2価の芳香族基を表し、該芳香族基の任意の水素原子は1価の基で置き換えられてもよい。
 X、Xは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、又は*1-O-CO-を表す。(*1は、Ar又はArとの結合手を表す。)
 R,Rは、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基であり、該2価の炭化水素基が有する水素原子の一部は、ハロゲン原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよい。複数のRは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。
 Lは、-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、複数のLは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。ただし、少なくとも1つのLは-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。
 nは、1~6の整数である。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。)
<Polymer (A)>
The polymer (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is a polymer (P A ) selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing 40 mol % or more of a diamine (A) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine (A)) represented by the following formula (D A ) based on the total diamine component, and a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor. The polymer (A) may be one type or two or more types of polymers (P A ).
Z-NH-Ar 1 -X 1 -(R 1 -L) n -R 2 -X 2 -Ar 2 -NH-Z (D A )
In formula (D A ), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group which is a divalent benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic group may be replaced with a monovalent group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, or *1-O—CO— (*1 represents a bond to Ar 1 or Ar 2 ).
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group, and some of the hydrogen atoms in the divalent hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms, methyl groups, trifluoromethyl groups, or hydroxy groups. Multiple R 1s may be the same or different.
L represents -O-, -C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-. When a plurality of Ls are present, the plurality of Ls may be the same or different, provided that at least one L represents -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-.
n is an integer from 1 to 6.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.

 上記式(D)において、R,Rは、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基であり、例えば、直鎖状あるいは分岐状のアルキレン基、-CH=CH-、フェニレン基、又はシクロへキシレン基などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
 R,Rは、高い液晶配向性が得られる観点から、炭素数2~6の炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数2~4のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数2又は4のアルキレン基であることがさらに好ましい。
 該2価の炭化水素基が有する水素原子の一部は、ハロゲン原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよく、該2価の炭化水素基が有する水素原子を置換するハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子が好ましい。複数のRは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。
 Lは、-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、複数のLは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。ただし、少なくとも1つのLは-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表し、少なくとも2つのLが-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表すことが好ましい。nは、1~6の整数であり、好ましくは1~4の整数であり、より好ましくは2~4の整数であり、さらに好ましくは2又は4の整数である。
In the above formula (D A ), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group, examples of which include, but are not limited to, a linear or branched alkylene group, -CH═CH-, a phenylene group, or a cyclohexylene group.
From the viewpoint of obtaining high liquid crystal alignment properties, R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrocarbon group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 4 carbon atoms.
A part of the hydrogen atoms of the divalent hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxy group , and the halogen atom substituting the hydrogen atom of the divalent hydrocarbon group is preferably a fluorine atom.
L represents -O-, -C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)-, or -C(=O)-O-. When a plurality of Ls are present, the plurality of Ls may be the same as or different from each other. However, it is preferable that at least one L represents -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-, and at least two Ls represent -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-. n represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably an integer of 2 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 2 or 4.

 上記式(D)中の基「*-(R-L)-R-*」のより好ましい具体例を挙げると、以下の構造が挙げられる。
 *-(CH-O-C(=O)-(CH-C(=O)-O-(CH-*、
 *-(CH-C(=O)-O-(CH-O-C(=O)-(CH-*、
 *-(CHn1-O-C(=O)-(CHn2-C(=O)-O-(CHn3-O-C(=O)-(CHn4-C(=O)-O-(CHn5-*;
 *-(CHn1-C(=O)-O-(CHn2-O-C(=O)-(CHn3-C(=O)-O-(CHn4-O-C(=O)-(CHn5-*;
 前記において、p、q、rは、それぞれ独立して、1~6の整数である。
 n1~n5は、それぞれ独立して、1~6の整数である。但し、n1~n5の炭素数の合計は、20以下である。
 *は結合手を表す。
More preferred specific examples of the group "*-(R 1 -L) n -R 2 -*" in the above formula (D A ) include the following structures.
*-(CH 2 ) p -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) q -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) r -*,
*-(CH 2 ) p -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) q -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) r -*,
*-(CH 2 ) n1 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n2 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n3 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n4 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n5 -*;
*-(CH 2 ) n1 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n2 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n3 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n4 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n5 -*;
In the above, p, q, and r each independently represent an integer of 1 to 6.
n1 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 6, provided that the total number of carbon atoms in n1 to n5 is 20 or less.
* represents a bond.

 上記式(D)におけるAr、Arの2価の芳香族基の水素原子を置換する1価の基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~10のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数2~10のフルオロアルケニル基、炭素数1~10のフルオロアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~10のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。なかでも、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のフルオロアルキル基、又は炭素数1~5のフルオロアルコキシ基、が好ましい。
 Ar及びArにおける環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいベンゼン環の結合位置は1位及び4位が好ましく、環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいビフェニル構造の結合位置は4,4’位が好ましい。また、環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいナフタレン環の結合位置は2,6位が好ましい。
Examples of the monovalent group substituting the hydrogen atom of the divalent aromatic group of Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the above formula (D A ) include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, etc. Among these, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
The bonding positions of the benzene ring in Ar1 and Ar2 , in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably the 1-position and the 4-position, the bonding positions of the biphenyl structure, in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably the 4- and 4'-position, and the bonding positions of the naphthalene ring, in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably the 2- and 6-position.

 Ar及びArで表される2価の芳香族基の好適な例としては、1,4-フェニレン、1,3-フェニレン、2-メチル-1,4-フェニレン、2-エチル-1,4-フェニレン、2-プロピル-1,4-フェニレン、2-ブチル-1,4-フェニレン、2-イソプロピル-1,4-フェニレン、2-tert-ブチル-1,4-フェニレン、2-メトキシ-1,4-フェニレン、2-エトキシ-1,4-フェニレン、2-プロポキシ-1,4-フェニレン、2-ブトキシ-1,4-フェニレン、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン、2,3-ジメチル-1,4-フェニレン、2,6-ジメチル-1,4-フェニレン、4-メチル-1,3-フェニレン、5-メチル-1,3-フェニレン、4-フルオロ-1,3-フェニレン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-1,4-フェニレン、4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-メチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-エチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-プロピル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-ブチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-tert-ブチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-メトキシ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-エトキシ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2-フルオロ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-メチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-エチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-プロピル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-ブチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-tert-ブチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-メトキシ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-エトキシ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3-フルオロ-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ビフェニリレン、3,3’-ビフェニリレン、5-メチル-3,3’-ビフェニリレン、5,5’-ジメチル-3,3’-ビフェニリレン、1,4-ナフチレン、1,5-ナフチレン、1,6-ナフチレン、1,7-ナフチレン、2,6-ナフチレン、2,7-ナフチレン等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 include 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 2-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-ethyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-propyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-butyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-isopropyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-tert-butyl-1,4-phenylene, 2-methoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-ethoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-propoxy-1,4-phenylene, 2-butoxy-1,4-phenylene, and the like. phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 2,3-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene, 2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene, 4-methyl-1,3-phenylene, 5-methyl-1,3-phenylene, 4-fluoro-1,3-phenylene, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-1,4-phenylene, 4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-methyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-ethyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-propyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-butyl-4 ,4'-biphenylylene, 2-tert-butyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-methoxy-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-ethoxy-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2-fluoro-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-methyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-ethyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-propyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-butyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-tert-butyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-methoxy-4,4'-biphenylylene biphenylylene, 3-ethoxy-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3-fluoro-4,4'-biphenylylene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-biphenylylene, 3,3'-biphenylylene, 5-methyl-3,3'-biphenylylene, 5,5'-dimethyl-3,3'-biphenylylene, 1,4-naphthylene, 1,5-naphthylene, 1,6-naphthylene, 1,7-naphthylene, 2,6-naphthylene, 2,7-naphthylene, and the like.

 上記式(D)におけるZの1価の有機基としては、炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基、当該炭化水素基のメチレン基を-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-COS-、-NR-、-CO-NR-、-Si(R-(ただし、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~6の1価の炭化水素基である。)、-SO-等で置き換えてなる1価の基A、上記1価の炭化水素基又は上記1価の基Aの炭素原子に結合する水素原子の少なくとも1個をハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基、ニトロソ基、アルキルシリル基、アルコキシシリル基、シラノール基、スルフィノ基、ホスフィノ基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、スルホ基、アシル基等で置換してなる1価の基、複素環を有する1価の基が挙げられる。
 上記式(D)におけるZの1価の有機基としては、中でも、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基、炭素数2~6のアルキニル基、又はtert-ブトキシカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が更に好ましく、メチル基がより一層好ましい。
 Zは、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the monovalent organic group for Z in formula (D A ) above include monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, monovalent group A obtained by replacing a methylene group of the hydrocarbon group with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -COS-, -NR 3 -, -CO-NR 3 -, -Si(R 3 ) 2 - (wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), -SO 2 - or the like, monovalent groups obtained by replacing at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of the monovalent hydrocarbon group or the monovalent group A with a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, a mercapto group, a nitroso group, an alkylsilyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, a silanol group, a sulfino group, a phosphino group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a sulfo group, an acyl group or the like, and monovalent groups having a heterocycle.
As the monovalent organic group for Z in the above formula (D A ), among others, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a tert-butoxycarbonyl group is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methyl group is even more preferable.
From the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, Z is preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

 上記式(D)の好ましい例としては、下記式(d-1)~(d-10)が挙げられる。
 尚、下記式(d-1)~(d-10)におけるベンゼン環上の水素原子は、1価の置換基で置換されてもよく、該置換基の好ましい具体例として、上記式(D)におけるAr、Arの2価の芳香族基の水素原子を置換する1価の基で例示した構造が挙げられる。
 p、q、r及びn1~n5は、上記p、q、r及びn1~n5の定義と同様である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Preferred examples of the above formula (D A ) include the following formulae (d A -1) to (d A -10).
In addition, the hydrogen atoms on the benzene rings in the following formulas (d A -1) to (d A -10) may be substituted with monovalent substituents, and preferred specific examples of the substituents include the structures exemplified as the monovalent groups substituting the hydrogen atoms of the divalent aromatic groups of Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the above formula (D A ).
p, q, r, and n1 to n5 are the same as defined above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 重合体(P)は、例えば、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分と、上記特定ジアミン(A)を含有するジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体、又は該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドである。ここにおいて、ポリイミド前駆体は、例えば、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステルなどのイミド化することによりポリイミドを得ることができる重合体が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 The polymer (P A ) is, for example, a polyimide precursor obtained by using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing the specific diamine (A), or a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor. Here, examples of the polyimide precursor include, but are not limited to, polymers that can be imidized to obtain polyimide, such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.

 上記重合体(P)のポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸(P’)は、上記特定ジアミン(A)を含有するジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分との重合反応により得ることができる。上記特定ジアミン(A)は、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 特定ジアミン(A)の使用量は、全ジアミン成分に対して、45モル%以上が好ましく、50モル%以上がより好ましく、60モル%以上がさらに好ましい。
The polyamic acid (P A '), which is a polyimide precursor of the polymer (P A ), can be obtained by a polymerization reaction between a diamine component containing the specific diamine (A) and a tetracarboxylic acid component. The specific diamine (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the specific diamine (A) used is preferably 45 mol % or more, more preferably 50 mol % or more, and even more preferably 60 mol % or more, based on the total diamine components.

 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるジアミン成分は、特定ジアミン(A)以外のジアミン(以下、その他のジアミン1ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。上記特定ジアミン(A)に加えて、その他のジアミン1を併用する場合は、ジアミン成分に対する特定ジアミン(A)の使用量は、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。 The diamine component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P A ') may contain a diamine other than the specific diamine (A) (hereinafter also referred to as other diamine 1). When other diamine 1 is used in addition to the specific diamine (A), the amount of the specific diamine (A) used relative to the diamine component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.

 以下にその他のジアミン1の例を挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。上記その他のジアミンは、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。p-フェニレンジアミン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジメチル-p-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、2,4-ジメチル-m-フェニレンジアミン、2,5-ジアミノトルエン、2,6-ジアミノトルエン、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジフルオロ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジフルオロ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,3’-ジアミノビフェニル、後述する特定ジアミン(B)、1,4-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,4-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(4-アミノベンゾエート)、1,3-フェニレンビス(3-アミノベンゾエート)、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)テレフタレート、ビス(4-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート、ビス(3-アミノフェニル)イソフタレート;4,4’-ジアミノアゾベンゼン又はジアミノトランなどの光配向性基を有するジアミン;メタクリル酸2-(2,4-ジアミノフェノキシ)エチル又は2,4-ジアミノ-N,N-ジアリルアニリン等の光重合性基を末端に有するジアミン;1-(4-(2-(2,4-ジアミノフェノキシ)エトキシ)フェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパノン、2-(4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパノイル)フェノキシ)エチル-3,5-ジアミノベンゾエートなどのラジカル重合開始剤機能を有するジアミン;4,4’-ジアミノベンズアニリドなどのアミド結合を有するジアミン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ウレア、1,3-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ウレア、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェネチル)ウレアなどのウレア結合を有するジアミン;3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ジフェニルエーテル、1,4-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ]ベンゼン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェニル)プロパン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンジル)ベンゼン;2,6-ジアミノピリジン、後述する特定ジアミン(C)、2,4-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノフェノール、3,5-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、2,4-ジアミノベンジルアルコール、4,6-ジアミノレゾルシノール、4,4’-ジアミノ-3,3’-ジヒドロキシビフェニル;2,4-ジアミノ安息香酸、2,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル-3-カルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン-3-カルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエタン-3-カルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル-3,3’-ジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル-2,2’-ジカルボン酸、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル-4,4’-ジカルボン酸、3,3’-ジアミノビフェニル-2,4’-ジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン-3,3’-ジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエタン-3,3’-ジカルボン酸、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル-3,3’-ジカルボン酸などのカルボキシ基を有するジアミン;4-(2-(メチルアミノ)エチル)アニリン、4-(2-アミノエチル)アニリン、1-(4-アミノフェニル)-1,3,3-トリメチル-1H-インダン-5-アミン、1-(4-アミノフェニル)-2,3-ジヒドロ-1,3,3-トリメチル-1H-インデン-6-アミン;下記式(5-1)~(5-8)などの基「-N(D)-」(Dは加熱によって脱離し水素原子に置き換わる保護基を表し、好ましくはカルバメート系保護基であり、より好ましくはtert-ブトキシカルボニル基である。)を有するジアミン、コレスタニルオキシ-3,5-ジアミノベンゼン、コレステニルオキシ-3,5-ジアミノベンゼン、コレスタニルオキシ-2,4-ジアミノベンゼン、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレスタニル、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸コレステニル、3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸ラノスタニル及び3,6-ビス(4-アミノベンゾイルオキシ)コレスタン等のステロイド骨格を有するジアミン、下記式(V-1)~(V-2)で表されるジアミン;1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)-テトラメチルジシロキサン等のシロキサン結合を有するジアミン;メタキシリレンジアミン、1,3-プロパンジアミン、テトラメチレンジアミン、ペンタメチレンジアミン、ヘキサメチレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、1,4-ジアミノシクロヘキサン、4,4’-メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルアミン)、WO2018/117239号に記載の式(Y-1)~(Y-167)のいずれかで表される基に2つのアミノ基が結合したジアミン等。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(Bocは、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基を表す。*は結合手を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記式(V-1)中、m、nは1~3の整数であり、1≦m+n≦4を満たす。jは0又は1の整数である。Xは、-(CH-(aは1~15の整数である。)、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-N(CH)-、-NH-、-O-、-CHO-、-CH-OCO-、-COO-、又は-OCO-を表す。Rは、フッ素原子、炭素数1~10のフッ素原子含有アルキル基、炭素数1~10のフッ素原子含有アルコキシ基、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、及び炭素数2~10のアルコキシアルキル基などの1価の基を表す。上記式(V-2)中、Xは-O-、-CHO-、-CH-OCO-、-COO-、又は-OCO-を表す。m、n、X、Rが2つ存在する場合、それぞれ独立して上記定義を有する。 Examples of the other diamine 1 are given below, but are not limited thereto. The other diamines may be used alone or in combination of two or more thereof. p-phenylenediamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-dimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, 2,5-diaminotoluene, 2,6-diaminotoluene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-difluoro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-difluoro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, phenyl, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,3'-diaminobiphenyl, specific diamine (B) described below, 1,4-phenylenebis(4-aminobenzoate), 1,4-phenylenebis(3-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis(4-aminobenzoate), 1,3-phenylenebis(3-aminobenzoate), bis(4-aminophenyl) phenyl) terephthalate, bis(3-aminophenyl) terephthalate, bis(4-aminophenyl) isophthalate, bis(3-aminophenyl) isophthalate; diamines having a photoalignment group such as 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene or diaminotolane; diamines having a photopolymerizable group at the end such as 2-(2,4-diaminophenoxy)ethyl methacrylate or 2,4-diamino-N,N-diallylaniline; 1-(4-(2-(2,4-diaminophenoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanone, 2-(4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl)phenoxy)ethoxy diamines having a radical polymerization initiator function such as 4,4'-diaminobenzanilide; diamines having an amide bond such as 4,4'-diaminobenzanilide; diamines having a urea bond such as 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)urea, 1,3-bis(4-aminobenzyl)urea, and 1,3-bis(4-aminophenethyl)urea; 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenethyl)urea, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl ether, 1,4-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenoxy]benzene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-methylphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-aminophenyl) 2,6-diaminopyridine, specific diamine (C) described below, 2,4-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminophenol, 3,5-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 2,4-diaminobenzyl alcohol, 4,6-diaminoresorcinol, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl; 2,4-diaminobenzoic acid, 2,5- Diaminobenzoic acid, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl-3-carboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane-3-carboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylethane-3-carboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl-2,2'-dicarboxylic acid, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl-4,4'-dicarboxylic acid, 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl-2,4'-dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylethane-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'- Diamines having a carboxy group, such as diaminodiphenylether-3,3'-dicarboxylic acid; 4-(2-(methylamino)ethyl)aniline, 4-(2-aminoethyl)aniline, 1-(4-aminophenyl)-1,3,3-trimethyl-1H-indan-5-amine, 1-(4-aminophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1,3,3-trimethyl-1H-inden-6-amine; groups such as "-N(D)-" in the following formulae (5-1) to (5-8) (D represents a protecting group which is eliminated by heating and replaced with a hydrogen atom, preferably a carbamate-based protecting group, more preferably a tert-butoxycarbonyl group). diamines having a steroid skeleton such as cholestanyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestanyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, cholestanyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate, lanostannyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate and 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzoyloxy)cholestane; diamines represented by the following formulae (V-1) to (V-2); diamines having a siloxane bond, such as meta-xylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 4,4'-methylenebis(cyclohexylamine), and diamines in which two amino groups are bonded to a group represented by any one of formulas (Y-1) to (Y-167) described in WO2018/117239.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(Boc represents a tert-butoxycarbonyl group. * represents a bond.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
In the above formula (V-1), m and n are integers of 1 to 3, and satisfy 1≦m+n≦4. j is an integer of 0 or 1. X 1 represents -(CH 2 ) a - (a is an integer of 1 to 15), -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-N(CH 3 )-, -NH-, -O-, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 -OCO-, -COO-, or -OCO-. R 1 represents a monovalent group such as a fluorine atom, a fluorine atom-containing alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom-containing alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. In the above formula (V-2), X 2 represents —O—, —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—, or —OCO—, and when there are two of m, n, X 1 and R 1 , each independently has the above definition.

 上記特定ジアミン(A)に加えてその他のジアミン1を使用する場合、上記その他のジアミン1の使用量は、重合体(P)の製造に使用される全ジアミン成分に対して、好ましくは10~60モル%であり、より好ましくは20~55モル%である。 When the other diamine 1 is used in addition to the specific diamine (A), the amount of the other diamine 1 used is preferably 10 to 60 mol %, more preferably 20 to 55 mol %, based on the total diamine components used in the production of the polymer (P A ).

(重合体(P)のテトラカルボン酸成分)
 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)を製造する場合、ジアミン成分と反応させるテトラカルボン酸成分は、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物だけでなく、脂環式テトラカルボン酸、脂環式テトラカルボン酸ジハライド、脂環式テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、又は脂環式テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライドなどの脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物の誘導体を用いることもできる。
(Tetracarboxylic Acid Component of Polymer (P A ))
When producing the polyamic acid (P A '), the tetracarboxylic acid component to be reacted with the diamine component may be not only an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, but also a derivative of an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, such as an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, or an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide.

 ここで、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、脂環式構造に結合する少なくとも1つのカルボキシ基を含めて4つのカルボキシ基が分子内脱水することにより得られる酸二無水物である。但し、これら4つのカルボキシ基はいずれも芳香環には結合していない。また、脂環式構造のみで構成されている必要はなく、その一部に鎖状炭化水素構造や芳香環構造を有していてもよい。
 上記脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体は、なかでも、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環及びシクロヘキサン環よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種の部分構造を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はこれらの誘導体を含むことがより好ましい。特に、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環及びシクロヘキサン環よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種の構造を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はこれらの誘導体を含むことが更に好ましい。
 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いることのできるテトラカルボン酸成分としては、好ましくは、以下の脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体(本発明では、これらを総称して特定の脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)ともいう。)を含む。
 1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジクロロ-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジフルオロ-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物、4-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)テトラヒドロナフタレン-1,2-ジカルボン酸二無水物、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-8-メチル-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタ-7-エン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン-2,3,5,6-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,4,6,8-テトラカルボキシビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン-2:4,6:8-二無水物等の脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物;そのほか、特開2010-97188号公報に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物等。
Here, the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is an acid dianhydride obtained by intramolecular dehydration of four carboxy groups, including at least one carboxy group bonded to an alicyclic structure. However, none of these four carboxy groups is bonded to an aromatic ring. In addition, it is not necessary for the alicyclic structure to be composed only of the alicyclic structure, and it may have a chain hydrocarbon structure or an aromatic ring structure as a part of it.
The alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride or derivative thereof more preferably contains a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or derivative thereof having at least one partial structure selected from the group consisting of a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, and a cyclohexane ring, and particularly preferably contains a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or derivative thereof having at least one structure selected from the group consisting of a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, and a cyclohexane ring.
The tetracarboxylic acid component that can be used in the production of the polyamic acid (P A ') preferably contains the following alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride or a derivative thereof (in the present invention, these are also collectively referred to as specific alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A)):
1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dichloro-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-difluoro-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic dianhydride Water, 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid dianhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-8-methyl-3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione ,3-dione, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxybicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2:4,6:8-dianhydride and other alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides; and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides as described in JP-A-2010-97188.

 上記特定の脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)のより好ましい例としては、1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-テトラメチル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ジフルオロ-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジシクロヘキシルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,5-トリカルボキシシクロペンチル酢酸二無水物、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフラン-3-イル)-8-メチル-3a,4,5,9b-テトラヒドロナフト[1,2-c]フラン-1,3-ジオン、2,4,6,8-テトラカルボキシビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン-2:4,6:8-二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体である。 More preferred examples of the specific alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-difluoro-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, anhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-dicyclohexyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 5-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-8-methyl-3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione, 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxybicyclo[3.3.0]octane-2:4,6:8-dianhydride, or derivatives thereof.

 上記特定の脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)の使用割合は、使用される全テトラカルボン酸成分に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以上がさらに好ましい。 The proportion of the specific alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) used is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 20 mol % or more, and even more preferably 50 mol % or more, based on the total tetracarboxylic acid components used.

 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるテトラカルボン酸成分は、脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)以外のテトラカルボン酸誘導体(以下、その他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。上記脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)に加えて、その他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体を併用する場合は、テトラカルボン酸成分に対する脂環式テトラカルボン酸誘導体(A)の使用量は、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。 The tetracarboxylic acid component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P A ') may contain a tetracarboxylic acid derivative other than the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) (hereinafter, also referred to as other tetracarboxylic acid derivative). When the other tetracarboxylic acid derivative is used in combination with the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A), the amount of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid derivative (A) used relative to the tetracarboxylic acid component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.

 上記その他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体として、例えば、非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体が挙げられる。
 なお、非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、鎖状炭化水素構造に結合する4つのカルボキシ基が分子内脱水することにより得られる酸二無水物である。但し、鎖状炭化水素構造のみで構成されている必要はなく、その一部に脂環式構造や芳香環構造を有していてもよい。
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物は、芳香環に結合する少なくとも1つのカルボキシ基を含めて4つのカルボキシ基が分子内脱水することにより得られる酸二無水物である。
 芳香族テトラカルボン酸誘導体は、なかでも、ベンゼン環を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はこれらの誘導体を含むことがより好ましい。
Examples of the other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and derivatives thereof.
Acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides are acid dianhydrides obtained by intramolecular dehydration of four carboxy groups bonded to a chain hydrocarbon structure, but do not necessarily have to be composed of a chain hydrocarbon structure alone, and may have an alicyclic structure or an aromatic ring structure as part of the structure.
The aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is an acid dianhydride obtained by intramolecular dehydration of four carboxy groups, including at least one carboxy group bonded to an aromatic ring.
Among them, the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid derivative more preferably contains a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride having a benzene ring or a derivative thereof.

 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いることのできるその他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体としては、好ましくは、以下のテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体が挙げられる。
 1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物等の非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物;ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-パーフルオロイソプロピリデンジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルプロパン二無水物、エチレングリコールビスアンヒドロトリメート、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-カルボニルジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-オキシジ(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(フタル酸)二無水物、又は4,4’-メチレンジ(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(フタル酸)二無水物等の芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物;そのほか、特開2010-97188号公報に記載のテトラカルボン酸二無水物等。
As other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives that can be used in the production of the above polyamic acid (P A '), preferably, the following tetracarboxylic dianhydrides or derivatives thereof can be mentioned.
Acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride; pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-perfluoroisopropylidenediphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride , aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylpropane dianhydride, ethylene glycol bisanhydrotrimate, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-carbonyldiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-oxydi(1,4-phenylene)bis(phthalic) dianhydride, or 4,4'-methylenedi(1,4-phenylene)bis(phthalic) dianhydride; and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides as described in JP-A-2010-97188.

 上記その他のテトラカルボン酸誘導体のより好ましい例としては、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-パーフルオロイソプロピリデンジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)ジフェニルプロパン二無水物、4,4’-カルボニルジフタル酸無水物、4,4’-オキシジ(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(フタル酸)二無水物、4,4’-メチレンジ(1,4-フェニレン)ビス(フタル酸)二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体である。 More preferred examples of the above other tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenylsulfonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenylethertetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4, 4'-perfluoroisopropylidenediphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)diphenylpropane dianhydride, 4,4'-carbonyldiphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-oxydi(1,4-phenylene)bis(phthalic) dianhydride, 4,4'-methylenedi(1,4-phenylene)bis(phthalic) dianhydride, or derivatives thereof.

<重合体(A)以外の重合体>
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される重合体(A)以外の重合体は、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル、ポリイミド、ポリオルガノシロキサン及び付加重合体よりなる群から選択される少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、上記重合体(A)以外の重合体として下記重合体(B)及び/又は下記重合体(C)を含有することが好ましく、重合体(B)及び重合体(C)を含有することがより好ましい。
<Polymers other than polymer (A)>
The polymer other than the polymer (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, polyimide, polyorganosiloxane and addition polymer. From the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, it is preferable to contain the following polymer (B) and/or the following polymer (C) as the polymer other than the above polymer (A), and it is more preferable to contain the polymer (B) and the polymer (C).

<重合体(B)>
 重合体(B)は、下記式(dAL)で表されるジアミン(B)(以下、特定ジアミン(B)ともいう。但し、特定ジアミン(A)に含まれるものは除く。)を含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる重合体(P)である。重合体(B)は、1種類又は2種類以上の重合体(P)を用いても良い。
 但し、ジアミン成分として特定ジアミン(B)以外のジアミンを含む場合で、且つ特定ジアミン(A)を含む場合、特定ジアミン(A)の使用量は全ジアミン成分に対して40モル%未満である。また、ジアミン成分として特定ジアミン(B)以外のジアミンを含む場合で、特定ジアミン(A)を含まず、且つ下記特定ジアミン(C)を含む場合、特定ジアミン(C)の使用量は全ジアミン成分に対して30モル%未満である。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(Ar、及びAr1’は、それぞれ、ベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環を表し、該ベンゼン環、該ビフェニル構造、又は該ナフタレン環上の1つ以上の水素原子は1価の基で置換されてもよい。
 L及びL1’は、それぞれ、単結合、-O-、-C(=O)-、又は-O-C(=O)-を表す。Aは、-CH-、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は該アルキレン基の炭素-炭素結合の間に、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、及び-O-C(=O)-の少なくともいずれかの基が挿入されてなる2価の有機基を表す。Aが有する任意の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。
 ただし、式(dAL)中のL及びL1’が-O-の場合、Aは、-CH-、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は該アルキレン基の炭素-炭素結合の間に-O-が挿入されてなる2価の有機基を表す。
 上記ベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環上の1つ以上の水素原子は1価の基で置換されてもよく、該1価の基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数2~3のアルケニル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~3のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数2~3のフルオロアルケニル基、炭素数1~3のフルオロアルコキシ基、炭素数2~3のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
 Ar、及びAr1’における環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいベンゼン環の結合位置は1位及び4位が好ましく、環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいビフェニル構造の結合位置は4,4’位が好ましい。また、Ar、及びAr1’における環上の任意の水素原子が置換されてもよいナフタレン環の結合位置は2,6位が好ましい。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。) <Polymer (B)>
The polymer (B) is a polymer (P B ) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine (B) represented by the following formula (d AL ) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine ( B ), except for those included in specific diamine (A)) and polyimides which are imidized products of the polyimide precursors. The polymer (B) may be one type or two or more types of polymers (P B ).
However, when the diamine component contains a diamine other than the specific diamine (B) and contains the specific diamine (A), the amount of the specific diamine (A) used is less than 40 mol % based on the total diamine components. When the diamine component contains a diamine other than the specific diamine (B), does not contain the specific diamine (A), and contains the following specific diamine (C), the amount of the specific diamine (C) used is less than 30 mol % based on the total diamine components.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(Ar 1 and Ar 1′ each represent a benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and one or more hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring, the biphenyl structure, or the naphthalene ring may be substituted with a monovalent group.
L1 and L1 ' each represent a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, or -O-C(=O)-. A represents -CH2- , an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group in which at least one of -O-, -C(=O)-O-, and -O-C(=O)- is inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group. Any hydrogen atom possessed by A may be substituted with a halogen atom.
However, when L 1 and L 1' in formula (d AL ) are -O-, A represents -CH 2 -, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group in which -O- is inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group.
One or more hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring, biphenyl structure, or naphthalene ring may be substituted with a monovalent group. Examples of the monovalent group include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and a nitro group.
The bonding positions of the benzene ring in Ar 1 and Ar 1′ , in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably 1-position and 4-position, the bonding positions of the biphenyl structure in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted are preferably 4-position and 4-position, and the bonding positions of the naphthalene ring in Ar 1 and Ar 1′, in which any hydrogen atom on the ring may be substituted, are preferably 2-position and 6-position.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.

 上記特定ジアミン(B)は、好ましくは、下記式(dAL-1)~(dAL-10)で表されるジアミン、1,7-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,7-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ヘプタン、1,8-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,8-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)オクタン、1,9-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,9-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ノナン、1,10-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,10-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)デカン、1,11-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,11-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ウンデカン、1,12-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,12-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ドデカン、1,2-ビス(6-アミノ-2-ナフチルオキシ)エタン、1,4-ビス(6-アミノ-2-ナフチルオキシ)ブタン、1,2-ビス(6-アミノ-2-ナフチル)エタン、又は、6-[2-(4-アミノフェノキシ)エトキシ]-2-ナフチルアミンである。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
The specific diamine (B) is preferably a diamine represented by the following formulae (d AL -1) to (d AL -10), 1,7-bis(4-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,7-bis(3-aminophenoxy)heptane, 1,8-bis(4-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,8-bis(3-aminophenoxy)octane, 1,9-bis(4-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,9-bis(3-aminophenoxy)nonane, 1,10-bis(4-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,10-bis(3-aminophenoxy)decane, 1,11-bis(4 1,11-bis(3-aminophenoxy)undecane, 1,12-bis(4-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,12-bis(3-aminophenoxy)dodecane, 1,2-bis(6-amino-2-naphthyloxy)ethane, 1,4-bis(6-amino-2-naphthyloxy)butane, 1,2-bis(6-amino-2-naphthyl)ethane, or 6-[2-(4-aminophenoxy)ethoxy]-2-naphthylamine.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 重合体(P)は、例えば、上記特定ジアミン(B)を含有するジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体、又は該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドである。ここにおいて、ポリイミド前駆体は、例えば、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステルなどのイミド化することによりポリイミドを得ることができる重合体が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 The polymer ( PB ) is, for example, a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing the specific diamine (B) or a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor. Here, examples of the polyimide precursor include, but are not limited to, polymers that can be imidized to obtain polyimide, such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.

 上記重合体(P)のポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸(P’)は、上記特定ジアミン(B)を含有するジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分との重合反応により得ることができる。上記特定ジアミン(B)は、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 特定ジアミン(B)の使用量は、全ジアミン成分に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、20モル%以上がさらに好ましい。
The polyamic acid (P B ') which is a polyimide precursor of the polymer (P B ) can be obtained by a polymerization reaction between a diamine component containing the specific diamine (B) and a tetracarboxylic acid component. The specific diamine (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the specific diamine (B) used is preferably 5 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % or more, and even more preferably 20 mol % or more, based on the total diamine components.

 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるジアミン成分は、特定ジアミン(B)以外のジアミン(以下、その他のジアミン2ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。上記特定ジアミン(B)に加えて、その他のジアミン2を併用する場合は、ジアミン成分に対する特定ジアミン(B)の使用量は、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。
 ジアミン成分としてその他のジアミン2を含む場合で、且つ特定ジアミン(A)を含む場合、特定ジアミン(A)の使用量は40モル%未満であり、好ましくは35モル%未満であり、より好ましくは30モル%未満である。
 ジアミン成分としてその他のジアミン2を含む場合で、特定ジアミン(A)を含まず、且つ後述する特定ジアミン(C)を含む場合、特定ジアミン(C)の使用量は30モル%未満であり、好ましくは20モル%未満である。
 その他のジアミン2の好ましい具体例として、上記その他のジアミン1から特定ジアミン(B)を除いたジアミンが挙げられる。その他のジアミン2は、後述する特定ジアミン(C)を除いたジアミンであってもよい。
The diamine component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P B ') may contain a diamine other than the specific diamine (B) (hereinafter also referred to as other diamine 2). When other diamine 2 is used in addition to the specific diamine (B), the amount of the specific diamine (B) used relative to the diamine component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
In the case where the diamine component contains other diamine 2 and also contains the specific diamine (A), the amount of the specific diamine (A) used is less than 40 mol %, preferably less than 35 mol %, and more preferably less than 30 mol %.
In the case where the diamine component contains other diamine 2, does not contain the specific diamine (A), and contains the specific diamine (C) described below, the amount of the specific diamine (C) used is less than 30 mol %, and preferably less than 20 mol %.
A preferred specific example of the other diamine 2 is a diamine excluding the specific diamine (B) from the above other diamine 1. The other diamine 2 may be a diamine excluding the specific diamine (C) described below.

<重合体(C)>
 重合体(C)は、下記式(d)で表されるジアミン(以下、特定ジアミン(C)ともいう。)を全ジアミン成分の30モル%以上含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる重合体(P)である。重合体(P)は、1種類又は2種類以上の重合体を用いても良い。
 但し、ジアミン成分として特定ジアミン(C)以外のジアミンを含む場合、特定ジアミン(A)は含まれない。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(Yは、窒素原子含有複素環及び基「*21-NR-*22」(*21、及び*22は、芳香族環を構成する炭素原子と結合する結合手を表す。
 但し、該炭素原子はRが結合する窒素原子と環を形成しない。
 Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、上記1価の有機基はカルボニル炭素以外の炭素原子で窒素原子と結合する。)で表されるアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる窒素原子含有構造を有する2価の有機基を表す。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。) <Polymer (C)>
The polymer (C) is a polymer (P C ) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors obtained using a diamine component containing 30 mol % or more of a diamine represented by the following formula (d n ) (hereinafter also referred to as specific diamine ( C )) based on the total diamine component, and polyimides which are imidized products of the polyimide precursors. The polymer (P C ) may be one type or two or more types of polymers.
However, when a diamine other than the specific diamine (C) is contained as the diamine component, the specific diamine (A) is not contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(Y represents a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle and a group "*21-NR-*22" (*21 and *22 represent bonds bonded to carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring.
However, the carbon atom does not form a ring with the nitrogen atom to which R is bonded.
R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is bonded to the nitrogen atom at a carbon atom other than the carbonyl carbon.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.

 上記式(d)における窒素原子含有複素環としては、例えば、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、インドール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、プリン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、ナフチリジン環、キノキサリン環、フタラジン環、トリアジン環、カルバゾール環、アクリジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、ピロリジン環、ヘキサメチレンイミン環等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環、キノリン環、カルバゾール環又はアクリジン環が好ましい。 Examples of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle in the above formula (d n ) include a pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, triazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrazine ring, indole ring, benzimidazole ring, purine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, phthalazine ring, triazine ring, carbazole ring, acridine ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, pyrrolidine ring, hexamethyleneimine ring, etc. Among these, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperazine ring, a quinoline ring, a carbazole ring, or an acridine ring is preferred.

 上記式(d)中のRの1価の有機基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等のアルキル基;ビニル基等のアルケニル基;シクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基;フェニル基、メチルフェニル基等のアリール基、アルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基)等が挙げられる。Rは、好ましくは水素原子又はメチル基である。 Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R in the above formula (d n ) include alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, and propyl groups, alkenyl groups such as vinyl groups, cycloalkyl groups such as cyclohexyl groups, aryl groups such as phenyl and methylphenyl groups, and alkoxy groups (e.g., methoxy and ethoxy groups), etc. R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

 上記式(d)で表されるジアミンの具体例としては、例えば、2,6-ジアミノピリジン、3,4-ジアミノピリジン、2,4-ジアミノピリミジン、3,6-ジアミノカルバゾール、N-メチル-3,6-ジアミノカルバゾール、1,4-ビス-(4-アミノフェニル)-ピペラジン、3,6-ジアミノアクリジン、N-エチル-3,6-ジアミノカルバゾール、N-フェニル-3,6-ジアミノカルバゾール、下記式(d-1)で表されるジアミン、又は式(z-1)~式(z-14)で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Specific examples of the diamine represented by the above formula (d n ) include 2,6-diaminopyridine, 3,4-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, 1,4-bis-(4-aminophenyl)-piperazine, 3,6-diaminoacridine, N-ethyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-phenyl-3,6-diaminocarbazole, diamines represented by the following formula (d n -1), and diamines represented by formulas (z-1) to (z-14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 式(d-1)において、m1、及びm1’は、それぞれ独立して、1~2の整数である。n1は1~3の整数である。Rは、上記「*21-NR-*22」で表されるアミノ基におけるRと同義である。
 R、及びm1’が複数存在する場合、複数のR1、及びm1’は同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
In formula (d n -1), m1 and m1' each independently represent an integer of 1 to 2. n1 is an integer of 1 to 3. R 1 has the same meaning as R in the amino group represented by the above "*21-NR-*22".
When a plurality of R 1 s and m1 's are present, the plurality of R 1 s and m1 's may be the same or different.

 上記式(d-1)で表されるジアミンの好ましい具体例として、下記式(Dp-1)~(Dp-6)で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Preferred specific examples of the diamine represented by the above formula (d n -1) include diamines represented by the following formulas (Dp-1) to (Dp-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 重合体(P)は、例えば、上記特定ジアミン(C)を含有するジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体、又は該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドである。ここにおいて、ポリイミド前駆体は、例えば、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステルなどのイミド化することによりポリイミドを得ることができる重合体が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 The polymer (P C ) is, for example, a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing the specific diamine (C) or a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor. Here, examples of the polyimide precursor include, but are not limited to, polymers that can be imidized to obtain polyimide, such as polyamic acid and polyamic acid ester.

 上記重合体(P)のポリイミド前駆体であるポリアミック酸(P’)は、上記特定ジアミン(C)を含有するジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分との重合反応により得ることができる。上記特定ジアミン(C)は、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 特定ジアミン(C)の使用量は、全ジアミン成分に対して、35モル%以上が好ましく、40モル%以上がより好ましく、45モル%以上がさらに好ましい。
The polyamic acid (P ' ) which is a polyimide precursor of the polymer ( P ') can be obtained by a polymerization reaction between a diamine component containing the specific diamine (C) and a tetracarboxylic acid component. The specific diamine (C) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the specific diamine (C) used is preferably 35 mol % or more, more preferably 40 mol % or more, and even more preferably 45 mol % or more, based on the total diamine components.

 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるジアミン成分は、特定ジアミン(C)以外のジアミン(以下、その他のジアミン3ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。上記特定ジアミン(C)に加えて、その他のジアミン3を併用する場合は、ジアミン成分に対する特定ジアミン(C)の使用量は、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。
 ジアミン成分としてその他のジアミン3を含む場合、特定ジアミン(A)は含まれない。
 その他のジアミン3の好ましい具体例として、上記その他のジアミン1から特定ジアミン(C)を除いたジアミンが挙げられる。
 その他のジアミン3は、中でも、分子内にウレア結合、アミド結合、カルボキシ基及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有するジアミン、並びに、特定ジアミン(B)からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種のジアミン(本発明では、これらを特定ジアミン(c2)ともいう。)を含むことが好ましい。前記ジアミン成分は、一種のジアミンを単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The diamine component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P C ') may contain a diamine other than the specific diamine (C) (hereinafter also referred to as other diamine 3). When other diamine 3 is used in addition to the specific diamine (C), the amount of the specific diamine (C) used relative to the diamine component is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less.
When the other diamine 3 is contained as the diamine component, the specific diamine (A) is not contained.
Preferable specific examples of the other diamine 3 include the diamines obtained by excluding the specific diamine (C) from the above other diamine 1.
The other diamine 3 preferably contains a diamine having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a urea bond, an amide bond, a carboxy group, and a hydroxy group in the molecule, and at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of the specific diamine (B) (these are also referred to as specific diamine (c2) in the present invention). The diamine component may be a single diamine or a combination of two or more diamines.

 上記重合体(A)以外の重合体として重合体(B)及び下記重合体(C)を含有する場合、ネガ型液晶を用いた場合でも高い電圧保持率を有する液晶配向膜を得ることができ、且つ、印刷性に優れる液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜、及び該液晶配向膜を用いた液晶表示素子が得られる。さらに、残像の発生が抑制され、且つ、低い液晶プレチルト角特性を示す液晶配向膜を形成する液晶配向剤、該液晶配向剤から得られた液晶配向膜、及び該液晶配向膜を備えた高性能な液晶表示素子が得られる。 When the polymer (B) and the following polymer (C) are contained as polymers other than the above polymer (A), a liquid crystal alignment film having a high voltage retention rate can be obtained even when a negative liquid crystal is used, and a liquid crystal alignment agent with excellent printability, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained. Furthermore, a liquid crystal alignment agent that forms a liquid crystal alignment film that suppresses the occurrence of afterimages and exhibits low liquid crystal pretilt angle characteristics, a liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent, and a high-performance liquid crystal display element equipped with the liquid crystal alignment film can be obtained.

 上記効果が得られるメカニズムは必ずしも明らかではないが、ほぼ次のように推定される。特定ジアミン(A)がアルキレン鎖と酸素原子を含む繰り返し単位構造を有することで、配向処理した際の重合体(A)、重合体(B)及び重合体(C)の延伸性が高くなり、高い液晶配向性が得られたため、上記効果が得られたと考えられる。 The mechanism by which the above effect is obtained is not entirely clear, but it is presumed to be as follows. The specific diamine (A) has a repeating unit structure containing an alkylene chain and an oxygen atom, which increases the extensibility of the polymer (A), polymer (B) and polymer (C) when they are subjected to an orientation treatment, thereby obtaining high liquid crystal alignment, and thus the above effect is obtained.

(重合体(P)、重合体(P)のテトラカルボン酸成分)
 上記ポリアミック酸(P’)やポリアミック酸(P’)を製造する場合、ジアミン成分と反応させるテトラカルボン酸成分は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物だけでなく、テトラカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸ジハライド、テトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステル、又はテトラカルボン酸ジアルキルエステルジハライドなどのテトラカルボン酸二無水物の誘導体を用いることもできる。
 ポリアミック酸(P’)やポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるテトラカルボン酸成分の具体例は、好ましい具体例を含めて、重合体(P’)で例示した、非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体が挙げられる。
 ポリアミック酸(P’)やポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に用いられるテトラカルボン酸成分は、より好ましくは、ベンゼン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環及びシクロヘキサン環よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種の部分構造を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物又はこれらの誘導体を含むことがより好ましい。
 また、上記特定の部分構造を有するテトラカルボン酸誘導体の使用量は、ポリアミック酸(P’)やポリアミック酸(P’)の製造に使用される全テトラカルボン酸成分に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、50モル%以上がさらに好ましい。
(Tetracarboxylic acid components of polymer (P B ) and polymer (P C ))
When producing the polyamic acid (P B ') or polyamic acid (P C '), the tetracarboxylic acid component to be reacted with the diamine component may be not only a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride but also a derivative of a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, such as a tetracarboxylic acid, a tetracarboxylic acid dihalide, a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester, or a tetracarboxylic acid dialkyl ester dihalide.
Specific examples of the tetracarboxylic acid component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P B ') or polyamic acid (P C ' ) include the acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and derivatives thereof, which are exemplified for the polymer (P A '), including preferred specific examples.
The tetracarboxylic acid component used in the production of the polyamic acid (P B ') or the polyamic acid (P C ') more preferably contains a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride having at least one partial structure selected from the group consisting of a benzene ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, and a cyclohexane ring, or a derivative thereof.
The amount of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative having the specific partial structure used is preferably 10 mol % or more , more preferably 20 mol % or more, and even more preferably 50 mol % or more, based on the total amount of tetracarboxylic acid components used in the production of the polyamic acid (P B ') or polyamic acid (P C ').

(液晶配向剤)
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、例えば、重合体(A)、重合体(A)以外の重合体、及び必要に応じて使用されるその他の成分が、好ましくは適当な溶媒中に分散又は溶解してなる液状の組成物である。
 本発明の液晶配向剤に含まれる重合体の合計含有量は、形成させようとする塗膜の厚みの設定によっても適宜変更できるが、均一で欠陥のない塗膜を形成させるという点から1質量%以上が好ましく、溶液の保存安定性の点からは、10質量%以下が好ましい。特に好ましい重合体の合計含有量は、2~8質量%である。
 本発明の液晶配向剤が重合体(A)、重合体(B)、及び重合体(C)を含有する場合、重合体(A)、重合体(B)、及び重合体(C)の含有量の合計は、液晶配向剤に含有される重合体の合計に対し、1~100質量%が好ましく、10~100質量%がより好ましく、20~100質量%が特に好ましい。
(Liquid crystal alignment agent)
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is, for example, a liquid composition obtained by dispersing or dissolving the polymer (A), a polymer other than the polymer (A), and other components used as necessary, preferably in a suitable solvent.
The total content of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention can be appropriately changed depending on the thickness of the coating film to be formed, but it is preferably 1% by mass or more from the viewpoint of forming a uniform and defect-free coating film, and is preferably 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of storage stability of the solution. The particularly preferred total content of the polymers is 2 to 8% by mass.
When the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention contains the polymer (A), the polymer (B), and the polymer (C), the total content of the polymer (A), the polymer (B), and the polymer (C) is preferably 1 to 100 mass%, more preferably 10 to 100 mass%, and particularly preferably 20 to 100 mass%, based on the total content of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.

 本発明の液晶配向剤に含有される重合体(A)の含有量は、重合体(A)以外の重合体の含有量の合計100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上であり、且つ、10質量部以下である。
 重合体(A)の含有量は、好ましくは、重合体(A)以外の重合体の含有量の合計100質量部に対して、0.5質量部以上であり、1.0質量部以上である。
 本発明の液晶配向剤において、重合体(B)及び重合体(C)を含有する場合、重合体(B)の含有量に対する重合体(C)の質量比率(重合体(C)のポリイミド前駆体の含有量/重合体(B)のポリイミド前駆体の含有量)は、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~90/10がより好ましく、20/80~80/20が更に好ましい。
The content of the polymer (A) contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymers other than the polymer (A).
The content of polymer (A) is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 1.0 part by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of the total content of polymers other than polymer (A).
In the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention, when the polymer (B) and the polymer (C) are contained, the mass ratio of the polymer (C) to the content of the polymer (B) (the content of the polyimide precursor of the polymer (C)/the content of the polyimide precursor of the polymer (B)) is preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 90/10, and further preferably 20/80 to 80/20.

 本発明の液晶配向剤が、重合体(A)、重合体(B)、及び重合体(C)を含有する場合、重合体(P)~(P)以外のその他の重合体を含有してもよい。その他の重合体の具体例を挙げると、上記重合体(P)に加えて、重合体(P)~(P)以外のポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の重合体、ポリシロキサン、ポリエステル、ポリアミド、ポリウレア、ポリオルガノシロキサン、セルロース誘導体、ポリアセタール、ポリスチレン誘導体、ポリ(スチレン-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体、ポリ(イソブチレン-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体、ポリ(ビニルエーテル-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体、ポリ(スチレン-フェニルマレイミド)誘導体、ポリ(メタ)アクリレートからなる群から選ばれる重合体などが挙げられる。 When the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the polymer (A), the polymer (B), and the polymer (C), it may contain other polymers other than the polymers (P A ) to (P C ). Specific examples of other polymers include, in addition to the above-mentioned polymer (P), at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors other than the polymers (P A ) to (P C ) and polyimides which are imidized products of the polyimide precursors, polysiloxanes, polyesters, polyamides, polyureas, polyorganosiloxanes, cellulose derivatives, polyacetals, polystyrene derivatives, poly(styrene-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(vinyl ether-maleic anhydride) copolymers, poly(styrene-phenylmaleimide) derivatives, and polymers selected from the group consisting of poly(meth)acrylates.

 ポリ(スチレン-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体の具体例としては、SMA1000、SMA2000、SMA3000(Cray Valley社製)、GSM301(岐阜セラツク製造所社製)などが挙げられ、ポリ(イソブチレン-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体の具体例としては、イソバン-600(クラレ社製)が挙げられる。ポリ(ビニルエーテル-マレイン酸無水物)共重合体の具体例としては、Gantrez AN-139(メチルビニルエーテル無水マレイン酸樹脂、アシュランド社製)が挙げられる。
 上記その他の重合体は、一種を単独で使用してもよく、また二種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。その他の重合体の含有割合は、液晶配向剤中に含まれる重合体の合計100質量部に対して、90質量部以下が好ましく、10~90質量部がより好ましく、20~80質量部が更に好ましい。
Specific examples of poly(styrene-maleic anhydride) copolymers include SMA1000, SMA2000, SMA3000 (manufactured by Cray Valley Corporation) and GSM301 (manufactured by Gifu Ceramics Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), and a specific example of poly(isobutylene-maleic anhydride) copolymers includes ISOBAM-600 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). A specific example of poly(vinyl ether-maleic anhydride) copolymers includes Gantrez AN-139 (methyl vinyl ether maleic anhydride resin, manufactured by Ashland Corporation).
The other polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the other polymers is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 to 90 parts by mass, and even more preferably 20 to 80 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

(ポリアミック酸の製造)
 ポリアミック酸の製造は、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸成分とを有機溶媒中で反応させることにより行われる。ポリアミック酸の製造反応に供されるテトラカルボン酸成分とジアミン成分との使用割合は、ジアミン成分のアミノ基1当量に対して、テトラカルボン酸成分の酸無水物基が0.5~2当量となる割合が好ましく、さらに好ましくは0.8~1.2当量である。通常の重縮合反応と同様に、このテトラカルボン酸成分の酸無水物基の当量が1当量に近いほど、生成するポリアミック酸の分子量は大きくなる。
 ポリアミック酸の製造における反応温度は-20~150℃が好ましく、0~100℃がより好ましい。また、反応時間は0.1~24時間が好ましく、0.5~12時間がより好ましい。ポリアミック酸の製造は任意の濃度で行うことができるがポリアミック酸の濃度は好ましくは1~50質量%、より好ましくは5~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、溶媒を追加することもできる。
(Production of polyamic acid)
The polyamic acid is produced by reacting a diamine component with a tetracarboxylic acid component in an organic solvent. The ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component used in the reaction for producing the polyamic acid is preferably such that the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic acid component is 0.5 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 equivalents, per equivalent of the amino group of the diamine component. As in the case of a normal polycondensation reaction, the closer the equivalent of the acid anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic acid component is to 1 equivalent, the higher the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced.
The reaction temperature in the production of polyamic acid is preferably −20 to 150° C., more preferably 0 to 100° C. The reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 24 hours, more preferably 0.5 to 12 hours. The production of polyamic acid can be carried out at any concentration, but the concentration of polyamic acid is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass. The reaction can be carried out at a high concentration in the early stage of the reaction, and then a solvent can be added.

 上記有機溶媒の具体例としては、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。また、重合体の溶媒溶解性が高い場合は、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、又はジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルなどの溶媒を用いることができる。 Specific examples of the organic solvent include cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. In addition, when the polymer has high solubility in the solvent, solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether can be used.

(ポリアミック酸エステルの製造)
 ポリアミック酸エステルは、例えば、[I]上記の方法で得られたポリアミック酸とエステル化剤とを反応させる方法、[II]テトラカルボン酸ジエステルとジアミンとを反応させる方法、[III]テトラカルボン酸ジエステルジハロゲン化物とジアミンとを反応させる方法、などの既知の方法によって得ることができる。
(Production of polyamic acid ester)
The polyamic acid ester can be obtained by a known method such as, for example, [I] a method of reacting the polyamic acid obtained by the above-mentioned method with an esterifying agent, [II] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine, or [III] a method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide with a diamine.

(ポリイミドの製造)
 ポリイミドは、上記ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸エステルなどのポリイミド前駆体を閉環(イミド化)させることによりポリイミドを得ることができる。なお、本明細書でいうイミド化率とは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体由来のイミド基とカルボキシ基(又はその誘導体)との合計量に占めるイミド基の割合のことである。イミド化率は、必ずしも100%である必要はなく、用途や目的に応じて任意に調整できる。
(Production of Polyimide)
Polyimide can be obtained by ring-closing (imidizing) a polyimide precursor such as the polyamic acid or polyamic acid ester. The imidization ratio in this specification refers to the ratio of imide groups to the total amount of imide groups derived from tetracarboxylic dianhydride or its derivatives and carboxyl groups (or their derivatives). The imidization ratio does not necessarily have to be 100% and can be adjusted as desired depending on the application or purpose.

 ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化させる方法としては、ポリイミド前駆体の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化又はポリイミド前駆体の溶液に触媒を添加する触媒イミド化が挙げられる。
 ポリイミド前駆体を溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、好ましくは100~400℃であり、より好ましくは120~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行う方が好ましい。
Methods for imidizing the polyimide precursor include thermal imidization, in which a solution of the polyimide precursor is heated as is, and catalytic imidization, in which a catalyst is added to a solution of the polyimide precursor.
The temperature when thermally imidizing the polyimide precursor in a solution is preferably 100 to 400° C., more preferably 120 to 250° C., and it is preferable to carry out the imidization while removing water produced by the imidization reaction from the system.

 ポリイミド前駆体の触媒イミド化は、ポリイミド前駆体の溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20~250℃、好ましくは0~180℃で撹拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はアミック酸基の0.5~30モル倍、好ましくは2~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量はアミック酸基の1~50モル倍、好ましくは3~30モル倍である。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン又はトリオクチルアミンなどを挙げることができ、なかでも、ピリジンは反応を進行させるのに適度な塩基性を持つので好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸又は無水ピロメリット酸などを挙げることができ、中でも無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。触媒イミド化によるイミド化率は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することにより制御することができる。 Catalytic imidization of polyimide precursors can be carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to a solution of the polyimide precursor and stirring at -20 to 250°C, preferably 0 to 180°C. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.5 to 30 molar times, preferably 2 to 20 molar times, the amount of the amic acid group, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 molar times, preferably 3 to 30 molar times, the amount of the amic acid group. Examples of basic catalysts include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine, and among these, pyridine is preferred because it has a suitable basicity for promoting the reaction. Examples of acid anhydrides include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride, and among these, acetic anhydride is preferred because it makes purification after the reaction easy. The imidization rate by catalytic imidization can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time.

 ポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドの反応溶液から、生成したポリイミド前駆体又はポリイミドを回収する場合には、反応溶液を溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる溶媒としてはメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセロソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、トルエン、ベンゼン、水などを挙げることができる。溶媒に投入して沈殿させた重合体は濾過して回収した後、常圧又は減圧下で、常温又は加熱して乾燥することができる。また、回収した重合体を、有機溶媒に再溶解させ、再沈殿回収する操作を2~10回繰り返すと、重合体中の不純物を少なくすることができる。この際の溶媒として、例えば、アルコール、ケトン又は炭化水素などが挙げられ、これらのうちから選ばれる3種類以上の溶媒を用いると、より一層精製の効率が上がるので好ましい。 When recovering the polyimide precursor or polyimide produced from a reaction solution of a polyimide precursor or polyimide, the reaction solution may be poured into a solvent to cause precipitation. Examples of solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer precipitated by pouring into the solvent can be recovered by filtration, and then dried at room temperature or by heating under normal or reduced pressure. The recovered polymer can be redissolved in an organic solvent and reprecipitated and recovered 2 to 10 times to reduce the amount of impurities in the polymer. Examples of the solvent used in this case include alcohols, ketones, and hydrocarbons. Using three or more solvents selected from these is preferable because it further increases the efficiency of purification.

 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体やポリイミドを製造するに際して、テトラカルボン酸二無水物又はその誘導体を含むテトラカルボン酸成分、及び上記ジアミンを含むジアミン成分とともに、適当な末端封止剤を用いて末端封止型の重合体を製造してもよい。末端封止型の重合体は、塗膜によって得られる配向膜の膜硬度の向上や、シール剤と配向膜の密着特性の向上という効果を有する。
 本発明におけるポリイミド前駆体やポリイミドの末端の例としては、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸無水物基又は後述する末端封止剤に由来する基が挙げられる。アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸無水物基は通常の縮合反応により得るか、又は以下の末端封止剤を用いて末端を封止することにより得ることができる。
In producing the polyimide precursor or polyimide of the present invention, a terminal-capping polymer may be produced by using a tetracarboxylic acid component containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride or a derivative thereof, and a diamine component containing the above-mentioned diamine, together with a suitable terminal-capping agent. The terminal-capping polymer has the effect of improving the film hardness of the alignment film obtained by coating and improving the adhesion property between the sealant and the alignment film.
Examples of the terminals of the polyimide precursor or polyimide in the present invention include an amino group, a carboxy group, an acid anhydride group, or a group derived from a terminal blocking agent described below. The amino group, the carboxy group, and the acid anhydride group can be obtained by a normal condensation reaction or by blocking the terminals with the terminal blocking agent described below.

 末端封止剤としては、例えば、無水酢酸、無水マレイン酸、無水ナジック酸、無水フタル酸、無水イタコン酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物、3-ヒドロキシフタル酸無水物、トリメリット酸無水物、3-(3-トリメトキシシリル)プロピル)-3,4-ジヒドロフラン-2,5-ジオン、4,5,6,7-テトラフルオロイソベンゾフラン-1,3-ジオン、4-エチニルフタル酸無水物などの酸無水物;二炭酸ジ-tert-ブチル、二炭酸ジアリルなどの二炭酸ジエステル化合物;アクリロイルクロリド、メタクリロイルクロリド、ニコチン酸クロリドなどのクロロカルボニル化合物;アニリン、2-アミノフェノール、3-アミノフェノール、4-アミノサリチル酸、5-アミノサリチル酸、6-アミノサリチル酸、2-アミノ安息香酸、3-アミノ安息香酸、4-アミノ安息香酸、シクロヘキシルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、n-ペンチルアミン、n-ヘキシルアミン、n-ヘプチルアミン、n-オクチルアミンなどのモノアミン化合物;エチルイソシアネート、フェニルイソシアネート、ナフチルイソシアネート、又は、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネ-ト、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネ-トなどの不飽和結合を有するイソシアネートなどを挙げることができる。
 末端封止剤の使用割合は、使用するジアミン成分の合計100モル部に対して、0.01~20モル部とすることが好ましく、0.01~10モル部とすることがより好ましい。
Examples of the end-capping agent include acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, maleic anhydride, nadic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, 3-hydroxyphthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, 3-(3-trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3,4-dihydrofuran-2,5-dione, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroisobenzofuran-1,3-dione, and 4-ethynylphthalic anhydride; dicarbonic acid diester compounds such as di-tert-butyl dicarbonate and diallyl dicarbonate; chlorocarbonyl compounds such as acryloyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, and nicotinic acid chloride; and aniline. Examples of the isocyanate include monoamine compounds such as phosphorus, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, cyclohexylamine, n-butylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, and n-octylamine; and isocyanates having an unsaturated bond such as ethyl isocyanate, phenyl isocyanate, naphthyl isocyanate, or 2-acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate and 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
The proportion of the end-capping agent used is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mole, and more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mole, per 100 parts by mole of the total of the diamine components used.

 ポリイミド前駆体及びポリイミドのゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~500,000であり、より好ましくは2,000~300,000であり、さらに好ましくは10,000~50,000である。また、Mwと、GPCにより測定したポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量(Mn)との比で表される分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは15以下であり、より好ましくは10以下である。かかる分子量範囲にあることで、液晶表示素子の良好な液晶配向性を確保することができる。 The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor and polyimide measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 50,000. The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn), expressed as the ratio of Mw to the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC, is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. Having the molecular weight within this range ensures good liquid crystal alignment in the liquid crystal display element.

 本発明に係る液晶配向剤に含有される有機溶媒は、重合体(A)及び重合体(A)以外の重合体が均一に溶解するものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルラクトアミド、N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、テトラメチル尿素、N,N-ジエチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジエチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、N-(n-プロピル)-2-ピロリドン、N-イソプロピル-2-ピロリドン、N-(n-ブチル)-2-ピロリドン、N-(t-ブチル)-2-ピロリドン、N-(n-ペンチル)-2-ピロリドン、N-メトキシプロピル-2-ピロリドン、N-エトキシエチル-2-ピロリドン、N-メトキシブチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン(これらを総称して、良溶媒ともいう)などが挙げられる。なかでも、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド又はγ-ブチロラクトンが好ましい。良溶媒の含有量は、液晶配向剤に含まれる溶媒全体の20~99質量%であることが好ましく、20~90質量%がより好ましく、特に好ましいのは、30~80質量%である。 The organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent according to the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves the polymer (A) and polymers other than the polymer (A) uniformly. For example, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethyllactamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, tetramethylurea, N,N-diethylformamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 3-methoxy-N,N-diol, methyl ethyl ketone ... Examples of the solvent include methylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, N-(n-propyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-isopropyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(n-butyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-(t-butyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-(n-pentyl)-2-pyrrolidone, N-methoxypropyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethoxyethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methoxybutyl-2-pyrrolidone, and N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone (collectively referred to as good solvents). Among these, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, and γ-butyrolactone are preferred. The content of the good solvent is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 80% by mass, of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

 また、液晶配向剤に含有される有機溶媒は、上記溶媒に加えて液晶配向剤を塗布する際の塗布性や塗膜の表面平滑性を向上させる溶媒(貧溶媒ともいう。)を併用した混合溶媒の使用が好ましい。貧溶媒の具体例を下記するが、これらに限定されない。貧溶媒の含有量は、液晶配向剤に含まれる溶媒全体の1~80質量%が好ましく、10~80質量%がより好ましく、20~70質量%が特に好ましい。貧溶媒の種類及び含有量は、液晶配向剤の塗布装置、塗布条件、塗布環境などに応じて適宜選択される。 The organic solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably a mixed solvent that uses, in addition to the above-mentioned solvent, a solvent (also called a poor solvent) that improves the applicability when applying the liquid crystal alignment agent and the surface smoothness of the coating film. Specific examples of poor solvents are listed below, but are not limited to these. The content of the poor solvent is preferably 1 to 80 mass % of the total solvent contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent, more preferably 10 to 80 mass %, and particularly preferably 20 to 70 mass %. The type and content of the poor solvent are appropriately selected depending on the application device, application conditions, application environment, etc. of the liquid crystal alignment agent.

 貧溶媒としては、例えば、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジイソブチルエーテル、ジイソブチルカルビノール(2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノール)、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、1,2-ジブトキシエタン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、3-エトキシブチルアセタート、1-メチルペンチルアセタート、2-エチルブチルアセタート、2-エチルヘキシルアセタート、エチレングリコールモノアセタート、エチレングリコールジアセタート、プロピレンカーボネート、エチレンカーボネート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソアミルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、1-(2-ブトキシエトキシ)-2-プロパノール、2-(2-ブトキシエトキシ)-1-プロパノール、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、2-(2-エトキシエトキシ)エチルアセタート、ジエチレングリコールアセタート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、酢酸シクロヘキシル、酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸ブチル、乳酸n-ブチル、乳酸イソアミル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジイソブチルケトン(2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノン)、(1S,5R)-6,8-ジオキサビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン-4-オンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of poor solvents include diisopropyl ether, diisobutyl ether, diisobutyl carbinol (2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanol), ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, 1,2-dibutoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, and 3-ethoxybutyl ether. acetate, 1-methylpentyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, ethylene glycol monoacetate, ethylene glycol diacetate, propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisoamyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 1-(2-butoxyethoxy)-2-propanol, 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)-1 -propanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate, diethylene glycol acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, Examples include n-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, 4-methyl-2-pentyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxypropionate, n-butyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diisobutyl ketone (2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone), (1S,5R)-6,8-dioxabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-4-one, etc.

 なかでも、ジイソブチルカルビノール、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、又はジイソブチルケトンが好ましい。 Among these, diisobutyl carbinol, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diisobutyl ketone are preferred.

 良溶媒と貧溶媒との好ましい溶媒の組み合わせとしては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールジアセテート、N,N-ジメチルラクトアミドとジイソブチルケトン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルとジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルとジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチルとジエチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N,N-ジメチルラクトアミドとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N,N-ジメチルラクトアミドとプロピレングリコールジアセテート、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルとブチルセロソルブアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルとブチルセロソルブアセテート、N,N-ジメチルラクトアミドとジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとN-メチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジイソブチルケトン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとプロピレングリコールジアセテート、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、γ-ブチロラクトンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとジイソブチルケトン、γ-ブチロラクトンと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノンとプロピレングリコールジアセテート、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジイソブチルケトン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジイソプロピルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジイソブチルカルビノール、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテルとジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとプロピレングリコールジアセテート、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとジイソブチルケトン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとγ-ブチロラクトンとジイソブチルケトン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとN,N-ジメチルラクトアミドとジイソブチルケトン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタート、γ-ブチロラクトンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタートとジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセタートとプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンと酢酸4-メチル-2-ペンチルとエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、N-エチル-2-ピロリドンと酢酸シクロヘキシルと4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、シクロヘキサノンとプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノンとプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンとシクロヘキサノンとプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルなどを挙げることができる。 Preferred solvent combinations of good and poor solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and propylene glycol diacetate, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and diisobutyl ketone, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone. and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and propylene glycol diacetate, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether and butyl cellosolve acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and diethylene glycol monomethyl ether and butyl cellosolve acetate, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and γ-butyro Lactone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and diethylene glycol diethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and diisobutyl ketone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and propylene glycol monobutyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and propylene glycol diacetate, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, γ-butyrolactone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and diisobutyl ketone, γ-butyrolactone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, and propylene glycol diacetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and diisobutyl ketone, N-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and diisopropyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and diisobutyl carbinol, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethyl ether and dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and propylene glycol diacetate, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol monobutyl ether and diisobutyl ketone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone and diisobutyl ketone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethyl lactamide and diisobutyl ketone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate Examples of such compounds include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, cyclohexyl acetate, and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, cyclohexanone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclopentanone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, cyclohexanone and propylene glycol monomethyl ether.

(液晶配向剤)
 本発明の液晶配向剤は、上記重合体(A)、上記重合体(A)以外の重合体、及び上記有機溶媒に加えて、それ以外の成分(以下、添加剤成分ともいう。)を含有してもよい。かかる添加剤成分としては、例えば、オキシラニル基、オキセタニル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、オキサゾリン基、シクロカーボネート基、ヒドロキシ基及びアルコキシ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の置換基を有する架橋性化合物、並びに重合性不飽和基を有する架橋性化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の架橋性化合物、官能性シラン化合物、金属キレート化合物、硬化促進剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、増感剤、防腐剤、得られる液晶配向膜の誘電率や電気抵抗を調整するための化合物などが挙げられる。
(Liquid crystal alignment agent)
The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain other components (hereinafter also referred to as additive components) in addition to the above polymer (A), the polymer other than the above polymer (A), and the above organic solvent. Examples of such additive components include at least one crosslinking compound selected from the group consisting of a crosslinking compound having at least one substituent selected from an oxiranyl group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, an oxazoline group, a cyclocarbonate group, a hydroxyl group, and an alkoxy group, and a crosslinking compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group, a functional silane compound, a metal chelate compound, a curing accelerator, a surfactant, an antioxidant, a sensitizer, a preservative, and a compound for adjusting the dielectric constant or electrical resistance of the resulting liquid crystal alignment film.

 上記架橋性化合物の好ましい具体例としては、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリプロピレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、2,2-ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、1,3,5,6-テトラグリシジル-2,4-ヘキサンジオール、エピコート(登録商標)828(三菱ケミカル社製)などのビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、エピコート807(三菱ケミカル社製)などのビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、YX-8000(三菱ケミカル社製)などの水添ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、YX6954BH30(三菱ケミカル社製)などのビフェニル骨格含有エポキシ樹脂、EPPN-201(日本化薬社製)などのフェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、EOCN-102S(日本化薬社製)などの(o,m,p-)クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、TEPIC(登録商標)(日産化学社製)などのトリグリシジルイソシアヌレート、セロキサイド(登録商標)2021P(ダイセル化学工業社製)などの脂環式エポキシ樹脂、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、又はN,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-4、4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタンに代表される3級窒素原子を含有する化合物、テトラキス(グリシジルオキシメチル)メタンなどのオキシラニル基を2つ以上有する化合物;WO2011/132751号公報の段落[0170]~[0175]に記載の2個以上のオキセタニル基を2つ以上有する化合物;コロネート(登録商標)APステーブルM、コロネート2503、2515、2507、2513、2555、ミリオネート(登録商標)MS-50(以上、東ソー社製)、タケネート(登録商標)B-830、B-815N、B-820NSU、B-842N、B-846N、B-870N、B-874N、B-882N(以上、三井化学社製)等のブロックイソシアネート基を有する化合物;2,2’-ビス(2-オキサゾリン)、2,2’-ビス(4-メチル-2-オキサゾリン)、2,2’-ビス(5-メチル-2-オキサゾリン)、1,2,4-トリス-(2-オキサゾリニル-2)-ベンゼン、エポクロス(登録商標)(日本触媒社製)のようなオキサゾリン基を有する化合物;WO2011/155577号公報の段落[0025]~[0030]、[0032]に記載のシクロカーボネート基を有する化合物;n,n,n’,n’-テトラキス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アジポアミド、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジヒドロキシメチルフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメトキシメチルフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジヒドロキシメチルフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパンなどのヒドロキシ基やアルコキシ基を有する化合物;グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート(1,2-,1,3-体混合物)、グリセリントリス(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロール1,3-ジグリセロラートジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレートで示される化合物が挙げられる。
 上記架橋性化合物の含有量は液晶配向剤に含まれる重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量部である。
Specific preferred examples of the crosslinkable compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromoneopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl-2,4-hexanediol, bisphenol A type epoxy resins such as Epicoat (registered trademark) 828 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), bisphenol F type epoxy resins such as Epicoat 807 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), hydrogenated bisphenol A type epoxy resins such as YX-8000 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), and biphenyl skeleton-containing epoxy resins such as YX6954BH30 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation). resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins such as EPPN-201 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), (o, m, p-) cresol novolac type epoxy resins such as EOCN-102S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), triglycidyl isocyanurates such as TEPIC (registered trademark) (manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.), alicyclic epoxy resins such as Celloxide (registered trademark) 2021P (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3- Compounds containing a tertiary nitrogen atom, such as bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane or N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, and compounds having two or more oxiranyl groups, such as tetrakis(glycidyloxymethyl)methane; compounds having two or more oxetanyl groups, such as those described in paragraphs [0170] to [0175] of WO2011/132751; Coronate (registered trademark) A Compounds having a blocked isocyanate group, such as P Stable M, Coronate 2503, 2515, 2507, 2513, 2555, Millionate (registered trademark) MS-50 (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), Takenate (registered trademark) B-830, B-815N, B-820NSU, B-842N, B-846N, B-870N, B-874N, B-882N (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.); 2,2'-bis(2-oxazoline), 2,2'-bis(4-methyl-2-oxo) compounds having an oxazoline group such as 2,2'-bis(5-methyl-2-oxazoline), 1,2,4-tris-(2-oxazolinyl-2)-benzene, and EPOCROS (registered trademark) (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.); compounds having a cyclocarbonate group described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] and [0032] of WO2011/155577; n,n,n',n'-tetrakis(2-hydroxyethyl)adipamide, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyethyl)adipamide, Compounds having a hydroxy group or an alkoxy group, such as 2,2-bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxymethylphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dihydroxymethylphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane; compounds represented by glycerin mono(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate (1,2-,1,3-mixture), glycerin tris(meth)acrylate, glycerol 1,3-diglycerolate di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, pentaethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and hexaethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate.
The content of the crosslinkable compound is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent.

 上記誘電率や電気抵抗を調整するための化合物としては、3-ピコリルアミンなどの窒素原子含有芳香族複素環を有するモノアミンが挙げられる。窒素原子含有芳香族複素環を有するモノアミンの含有量は液晶配向剤に含まれる重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量部である。 The compound for adjusting the dielectric constant and electrical resistance may be a monoamine having a nitrogen atom-containing aromatic heterocycle, such as 3-picolylamine. The content of the monoamine having a nitrogen atom-containing aromatic heterocycle is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

 上記官能性シラン化合物の好ましい具体例としては、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルジエトキシメチルシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、トリス(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)イソシアヌレート、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン等が挙げられる。官能性シラン化合物の含有量は、液晶配向剤に含まれる重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1~20質量部である。 Preferred specific examples of the functional silane compounds include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyldiethoxymethylsilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, Examples of the functional silane include silane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-styryl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, tris(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-mercaptopropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyl trimethoxysilane, and 3-isocyanate propyl triethoxysilane. The content of the functional silane compound is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent.

 液晶配向剤における固形分濃度(液晶配向剤の溶媒以外の成分の合計質量が液晶配向剤の全質量に占める割合)は、粘性、揮発性などを考慮して適宜に選択されるが、好ましくは1~10質量%である。
 特に好ましい固形分濃度の範囲は、基板に液晶配向剤を塗布する際に用いる方法によって異なる。例えばスピンコート法を用いる場合には、固形分濃度が1.5~4.5質量%であることが特に好ましい。印刷法による場合には、固形分濃度を3~9質量%とし、それにより溶液粘度を12~50mPa・sとすることが特に好ましい。インクジェット法による場合には、固形分濃度を1~5質量%とし、それにより、溶液粘度を3~15mPa・sとすることが特に好ましい。重合体組成物を調製する際の温度は、好ましくは10~50℃であり、より好ましくは20~30℃である。
The solid content concentration in the liquid crystal alignment agent (the ratio of the total mass of the components other than the solvent of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total mass of the liquid crystal alignment agent) is appropriately selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, etc., and is preferably 1 to 10 mass %.
A particularly preferred range of solid content concentration varies depending on the method used when applying the liquid crystal alignment agent to the substrate. For example, when using a spin coating method, it is particularly preferred that the solid content concentration is 1.5 to 4.5 mass%. When using a printing method, it is particularly preferred that the solid content concentration is 3 to 9 mass%, thereby making the solution viscosity 12 to 50 mPa·s. When using an inkjet method, it is particularly preferred that the solid content concentration is 1 to 5 mass%, thereby making the solution viscosity 3 to 15 mPa·s. The temperature when preparing the polymer composition is preferably 10 to 50°C, more preferably 20 to 30°C.

(液晶配向膜及び液晶表示素子)
 本発明に係る液晶表示素子は、上記液晶配向剤を用いて形成した液晶配向膜を具備する。液晶表示素子の動作モードは特に限定せず、例えば、TN型、STN型、垂直配向型(VA-MVA型、VA-PVA型などを含む。)、面内スイッチング型(IPS型、FFS型)、光学補償ベンド型(OCB型)など種々の動作モードに適用することができる。
(Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element)
The liquid crystal display element according to the present invention includes a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the above liquid crystal alignment agent. The operation mode of the liquid crystal display element is not particularly limited, and the liquid crystal display element can be applied to various operation modes, such as TN type, STN type, vertical alignment type (including VA-MVA type, VA-PVA type, etc.), in-plane switching type (IPS type, FFS type), optical compensation bend type (OCB type), etc.

 本発明の液晶表示素子は、例えば、以下の工程(1)~(4)を含む方法、工程(1)~(2)及び(4)を含む方法、工程(1)~(3)、(4-2)及び(4-4)を含む方法、又は工程(1)~(3)、(4-3)及び(4-4)を含む方法により製造することができる。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be manufactured, for example, by a method including the following steps (1) to (4), a method including steps (1) to (2) and (4), a method including steps (1) to (3), (4-2) and (4-4), or a method including steps (1) to (3), (4-3) and (4-4).

<工程(1):液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布する工程>
 工程(1)は、液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布する工程である。工程(1)の具体例は以下のとおりである。
 パターニングされた透明導電膜が設けられている基板の一面に、液晶配向剤を、例えばロールコーター法、スピンコート法、印刷法、インクジェット法などの適宜の塗布方法により塗布する。ここで基板の材質としては、透明性の高い基板であれば特に限定されず、ガラス、窒化珪素とともに、アクリル、ポリカーボネート等のプラスチック等を用いることもできる。また、反射型の液晶表示素子では、片側の基板のみにならば、シリコンウエハー等の不透明な物でも使用でき、この場合の電極にはアルミニウム等の光を反射する材料も使用できる。また、IPS型又はFFS型の液晶表示素子を製造する場合には、櫛歯型にパターニングされた透明導電膜又は金属膜からなる電極が設けられている基板と、電極が設けられていない対向基板とを用いる。
<Step (1): Step of applying liquid crystal alignment agent onto substrate>
Step (1) is a step of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate. Specific examples of step (1) are as follows.
A liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to one side of a substrate on which a patterned transparent conductive film is provided, for example, by a suitable application method such as a roll coater method, a spin coat method, a printing method, or an inkjet method. The material of the substrate is not particularly limited as long as it is a highly transparent substrate, and plastics such as acrylic and polycarbonate can be used in addition to glass and silicon nitride. In addition, in a reflective liquid crystal display element, an opaque material such as a silicon wafer can be used for only one substrate, and in this case, a material that reflects light such as aluminum can be used for the electrode. In addition, when manufacturing an IPS type or FFS type liquid crystal display element, a substrate on which an electrode made of a transparent conductive film or a metal film patterned into a comb tooth shape is provided and an opposing substrate on which no electrode is provided are used.

 液晶配向剤を基板に塗布し、成膜する方法としては、スクリーン印刷、オフセット印刷、フレキソ印刷、インクジェット法、又はスプレー法等が挙げられる。なかでも、インクジェット法による塗布、成膜法が好適に使用できる。 Methods for applying the liquid crystal alignment agent to a substrate and forming a film include screen printing, offset printing, flexographic printing, the inkjet method, and the spray method. Among these, the inkjet method is the most suitable for application and film formation.

<工程(2):塗布した液晶配向剤を焼成する工程>
 工程(2)は、基板上に塗布した液晶配向剤を焼成し、膜を形成する工程である。工程(2)の具体例は以下のとおりである。
 工程(1)において液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布した後は、ホットプレート、熱風循環型オーブン又はIR(赤外線)型オーブンなどの加熱手段により、溶媒を蒸発させたり、ポリアミック酸の熱イミド化を行ったりすることができる。液晶配向剤を塗布した後の乾燥、焼成工程は、任意の温度と時間を選択することができ、複数回行ってもよい。液晶配向剤を焼成する温度としては、例えば40~180℃で行うことができる。プロセスを短縮する観点で、40~150℃で行ってもよい。焼成時間としては特に限定されないが、1~10分又は、1~5分が挙げられる。ポリアミック酸の熱イミド化を行う場合には、上記工程の後、例えば150~300℃、又は150~250℃で焼成する工程を追加してもよい。焼成時間としては特に限定されないが、5~40分、又は、5~30分の焼成時間が挙げられる。
 焼成後の膜状物の膜厚は、薄すぎると液晶表示素子の信頼性が低下する場合があるので、5~300nmが好ましく、10~200nmがより好ましい。
<Step (2): Step of baking the applied liquid crystal alignment agent>
In the step (2), the liquid crystal alignment agent applied on the substrate is baked to form a film. Specific examples of the step (2) are as follows.
After the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied to the substrate in step (1), the solvent can be evaporated or the polyamic acid can be thermally imidized by a heating means such as a hot plate, a hot air circulation oven, or an IR (infrared) oven. The drying and baking steps after the application of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be performed at any temperature and time, and may be performed multiple times. The temperature for baking the liquid crystal alignment agent can be, for example, 40 to 180°C. From the viewpoint of shortening the process, it may be performed at 40 to 150°C. The baking time is not particularly limited, but may be 1 to 10 minutes or 1 to 5 minutes. When thermally imidizing the polyamic acid, a baking step at, for example, 150 to 300°C or 150 to 250°C may be added after the above step. The baking time is not particularly limited, but may be 5 to 40 minutes or 5 to 30 minutes.
If the film-like material after firing is too thin, the reliability of the liquid crystal display device may decrease, so the film thickness is preferably 5 to 300 nm, and more preferably 10 to 200 nm.

<工程(3):工程(2)で得られた膜に配向処理する工程>
 工程(3)は、場合により、工程(2)で得られた膜に配向処理する工程である。即ち、IPS方式又はFFS方式等の水平配向型の液晶表示素子では該塗膜に対し配向能付与処理を行う。一方、VA方式又はPSAモード等の垂直配向型の液晶表示素子では、形成した塗膜をそのまま液晶配向膜として使用することができるが、該塗膜に対し配向能付与処理を施してもよい。液晶配向膜の配向処理方法としては、ラビング処理法、光配向処理法が挙げられる。光配向処理法としては、上記膜状物の表面に、一定方向に偏光された放射線を照射し、場合により、好ましくは、150~250℃の温度で加熱処理を行い、液晶配向性(液晶配向能ともいう)を付与する方法が挙げられる。放射線としては、100~800nmの波長を有する紫外線又は可視光線を用いることができる。なかでも、好ましくは100~400nm、より好ましくは、200~400nmの波長を有する紫外線である。
<Step (3): Step of subjecting the film obtained in step (2) to an alignment treatment>
Step (3) is a step of subjecting the film obtained in step (2) to an alignment treatment, if necessary. That is, in the case of a horizontal alignment type liquid crystal display element such as an IPS mode or FFS mode, an alignment ability imparting treatment is performed on the coating film. On the other hand, in the case of a vertical alignment type liquid crystal display element such as a VA mode or PSA mode, the formed coating film can be used as a liquid crystal alignment film as it is, but the coating film may be subjected to an alignment ability imparting treatment. Examples of the alignment treatment method for the liquid crystal alignment film include a rubbing treatment method and a photo-alignment treatment method. Examples of the photo-alignment treatment method include a method in which the surface of the above-mentioned film-like material is irradiated with polarized radiation in a certain direction, and, if necessary, a heat treatment is performed at a temperature of preferably 150 to 250° C. to impart liquid crystal alignment (also called liquid crystal alignment ability). As the radiation, ultraviolet rays or visible light having a wavelength of 100 to 800 nm can be used. Among them, ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of preferably 100 to 400 nm, more preferably 200 to 400 nm, are used.

 上記放射線の照射量は、1~10,000mJ/cmが好ましく、なかでも、100~5,000mJ/cmがより好ましい。また、放射線を照射する場合、液晶配向性を改善するために、上記膜状物を有する基板を、50~250℃で加熱しながら照射してもよい。このようにして作製した上記液晶配向膜は、液晶分子を一定の方向に安定して配向させることができる。
 更に、上記の方法で、偏光された放射線を照射した液晶配向膜に、水や溶媒を用いて、接触処理するか、放射線を照射した液晶配向膜を加熱処理することもできる。
The radiation dose is preferably 1 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 5,000 mJ/cm 2. When irradiating with radiation, the substrate having the film-like material may be irradiated while being heated at 50 to 250° C. in order to improve the liquid crystal alignment. The liquid crystal alignment film thus produced can stably align liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction.
Furthermore, the liquid crystal alignment film irradiated with polarized radiation by the above-mentioned method can be contact-treated with water or a solvent, or the liquid crystal alignment film irradiated with radiation can be heat-treated.

 上記接触処理に使用する溶媒としては、放射線の照射によって膜状物から生成した分解物を溶解する溶媒であれば、特に限定されるものではない。具体例としては、水、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールアセテート、ブチルセロソルブ、乳酸エチル、乳酸メチル、ジアセトンアルコール、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸シクロヘキシル等が挙げられる。溶媒は、1種類でも、2種類以上組み合わせてもよい。 The solvent used in the contact treatment is not particularly limited, so long as it dissolves the decomposition products generated from the film-like material by irradiation with radiation. Specific examples include water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol acetate, butyl cellosolve, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, diacetone alcohol, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, and the like. The solvent may be one type or a combination of two or more types.

 上記の放射線を照射した塗膜に対する加熱処理の温度は、50~300℃がより好ましく、120~250℃がさらに好ましい。加熱処理の時間としては、それぞれ1~30分とすることが好ましい。 The temperature for the heat treatment of the coating film irradiated with the above-mentioned radiation is preferably 50 to 300°C, and even more preferably 120 to 250°C. The heat treatment time is preferably 1 to 30 minutes.

<工程(4):液晶セルを作製する工程>
 上記のようにして液晶配向膜が形成された基板を2枚準備し、対向配置した2枚の基板間に液晶組成物を配置する。具体的には以下の2つの方法が挙げられる。
 第一の方法は、先ず、それぞれの液晶配向膜が対向するように間隙(セルギャップ)を介して2枚の基板を対向配置する。次いで、2枚の基板の周辺部をシール剤を用いて貼り合わせ、基板表面及びシール剤により区画されたセルギャップ内に液晶組成物を注入充填して膜面に接触した後、注入孔を封止する。
<Step (4): Step of Producing a Liquid Crystal Cell>
Two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed as described above are prepared, and a liquid crystal composition is placed between the two substrates arranged opposite to each other. Specifically, the following two methods can be mentioned.
In the first method, first, two substrates are arranged facing each other with a gap (cell gap) between them so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and then the peripheries of the two substrates are bonded together using a sealant, and a liquid crystal composition is injected into the substrate surfaces and the cell gap defined by the sealant so that the liquid crystal composition comes into contact with the film surface, and then the injection hole is sealed.

 また、第二の方法は、ODF(One Drop Fill)方式と呼ばれる手法である。液晶配向膜を形成した2枚の基板のうちの一方の基板上の所定の場所に、例えば紫外光硬化性のシール剤を塗布し、更に液晶配向膜面上の所定の数箇所に液晶組成物を滴下する。その後、液晶配向膜が対向するように他方の基板を貼り合わせて液晶組成物を基板の全面に押し広げて膜面に接触させる。次いで、基板の全面に紫外光を照射してシール剤を硬化する。いずれの方法による場合でも、更に、用いた液晶組成物が等方相をとる温度まで加熱した後、室温まで徐冷することにより、液晶充填時の流動配向を除去することが望ましい。
 なお、塗膜に対してラビング処理を行った場合には、2枚の基板は、各塗膜におけるラビング方向が互いに所定の角度、例えば直交又は逆平行となるように対向配置される。
 シール剤としては、例えば硬化剤及びスペーサーとしての酸化アルミニウム球を含有するエポキシ樹脂等を用いることができる。液晶組成物としては、特に制限はなく、少なくとも一種の液晶化合物(液晶分子)を含む組成物であって、ネマチック相を呈する液晶組成物(以下、ネマチック液晶ともいう。)、スメクチック相を呈する液晶、又はコレステリック相を呈する液晶組成物を挙げることができ、そのなかでもネマチック液晶が好ましい。また、誘電率異方性が正または負の各種の液晶組成物を用いることができる。なお、以下では、誘電率異方性が正の液晶組成物を、ポジ型液晶ともいい、誘電率異方性が負の液晶組成物を、ネガ型液晶ともいう。
 上記液晶組成物は、フッ素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、フッ素原子含有基(例えば、トリフルオロメチル基)、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニル基、イソチオシアネート基、複素環、シクロアルカン、シクロアルケン、ステロイド骨格、ベンゼン環、又はナフタレン環を有する液晶化合物を含んでもよく、分子内に液晶性を発現する剛直な部位(メソゲン骨格)を2つ以上有する化合物(例えば、剛直な二つのビフェニル構造、又はターフェニル構造がアルキル基で連結されたバイメソゲン化合物)を含んでもよい。
 また、上記液晶組成物は、液晶配向性を向上させる観点から、添加物をさらに含有してもよい。このような添加物は、重合性基を有する化合物などの光重合性モノマー;光学活性な化合物(例:メルク(株)社製のS-811など);酸化防止剤;紫外線吸収剤;色素;消泡剤;重合開始剤;又は重合禁止剤などが挙げられる。
 ポジ型液晶としては、メルク社製のZLI-2293、ZLI-4792、MLC-2003、MLC-2041、MLC-3019、又はMLC-7081などが挙げられる。
 ネガ型液晶としては、例えばメルク社製のMLC-6608、MLC-6609、MLC-6610、MLC-7026、又はMLC-7026-100などが挙げられ、DIC社製のNA-1559なども挙げられる。
 また、重合性基を有する化合物を含有する液晶として、メルク社製のMLC-3023が挙げられる。
The second method is a method called ODF (One Drop Fill) method. For example, a UV-curable sealant is applied to a predetermined location on one of the two substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed, and a liquid crystal composition is dropped at a predetermined number of locations on the liquid crystal alignment film surface. Thereafter, the other substrate is bonded so that the liquid crystal alignment film faces the other substrate, and the liquid crystal composition is spread over the entire surface of the substrate to contact the film surface. Next, the entire surface of the substrate is irradiated with UV light to cure the sealant. In either method, it is preferable to remove the flow alignment during liquid crystal filling by heating the substrate to a temperature at which the liquid crystal composition used has an isotropic phase and then slowly cooling to room temperature.
When the coating films are subjected to a rubbing treatment, the two substrates are disposed opposite each other so that the rubbing directions of the coating films are at a predetermined angle, for example, perpendicular or anti-parallel to each other.
As the sealing agent, for example, an epoxy resin containing a hardener and aluminum oxide spheres as spacers can be used. The liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and includes at least one liquid crystal compound (liquid crystal molecule) and may be a liquid crystal composition exhibiting a nematic phase (hereinafter also referred to as nematic liquid crystal), a liquid crystal exhibiting a smectic phase, or a liquid crystal composition exhibiting a cholesteric phase, among which nematic liquid crystal is preferred. In addition, various liquid crystal compositions having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy can be used. In the following, a liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy is also referred to as a positive liquid crystal, and a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy is also referred to as a negative liquid crystal.
The liquid crystal composition may contain a liquid crystal compound having a fluorine atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a fluorine atom-containing group (e.g., a trifluoromethyl group), a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group, an isothiocyanate group, a heterocycle, a cycloalkane, a cycloalkene, a steroid skeleton, a benzene ring, or a naphthalene ring, and may contain a compound having two or more rigid moieties (mesogenic skeletons) that exhibit liquid crystallinity within the molecule (e.g., a bimesogenic compound in which two rigid biphenyl structures or terphenyl structures are linked by an alkyl group).
The liquid crystal composition may further contain an additive from the viewpoint of improving the liquid crystal alignment property. Such additives include a photopolymerizable monomer such as a compound having a polymerizable group, an optically active compound (e.g., S-811 manufactured by Merck Ltd.), an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a dye, an antifoaming agent, a polymerization initiator, or a polymerization inhibitor.
Examples of the positive type liquid crystal include ZLI-2293, ZLI-4792, MLC-2003, MLC-2041, MLC-3019, and MLC-7081 manufactured by Merck.
Examples of negative type liquid crystals include MLC-6608, MLC-6609, MLC-6610, MLC-7026, and MLC-7026-100 manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd., and NA-1559 manufactured by DIC Corporation.
Furthermore, an example of a liquid crystal containing a compound having a polymerizable group is MLC-3023 manufactured by Merck.

 本発明の液晶配向剤は、電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有してなり、一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を配置し、電極間に電圧を印加しつつ、活性エネルギー線の照射及び加熱の少なくとも一方により、重合性化合物を重合させる工程を経て製造される液晶表示素子(PSA型液晶表示素子)にも好ましく用いられる。
 また、本発明の液晶配向剤は、電極を備えた一対の基板の間に液晶層を有してなり、上記一対の基板の間に活性エネルギー線及び熱の少なくとも一方により重合する重合性基を含む液晶配向膜を配置し、電極間に電圧を印加する工程を経て製造される液晶表示素子(SC-PVAモード型の液晶表示素子)にも好ましく用いられる。
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is also preferably used for a liquid crystal display element (PSA type liquid crystal display element) which has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates equipped with electrodes, and is manufactured through a process in which a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound which is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat is placed between the pair of substrates, and the polymerizable compound is polymerized by at least one of irradiation with active energy rays and heating while applying a voltage between the electrodes.
The liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention is also preferably used for a liquid crystal display element (SC-PVA mode type liquid crystal display element) which has a liquid crystal layer between a pair of substrates equipped with electrodes, and is manufactured through a process of disposing a liquid crystal alignment film containing a polymerizable group that is polymerized by at least one of active energy rays and heat between the pair of substrates, and applying a voltage between the electrodes.

<工程(4-2):PSA型液晶表示素子の場合>
 重合性化合物を含有する液晶組成物を注入又は滴下する点以外は上記(4)と同様に実施される。重合性化合物としては、例えばアクリレート基やメタクリレート基などの重合性不飽和基を分子内に1個以上有する重合性化合物を挙げることができる。
<Step (4-2): In the case of a PSA type liquid crystal display element>
The method is carried out in the same manner as in (4) above, except that a liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound is injected or dropped. Examples of the polymerizable compound include polymerizable compounds having one or more polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule, such as an acrylate group or a methacrylate group.

<工程(4-3):SC-PVAモード型の液晶表示素子の場合>
 上記(4)と同様にした後、後述する紫外線を照射する工程を経て液晶表示素子を製造する方法を採用してもよい。この方法によれば、上記PSA型液晶表示素子を製造する場合と同様に、少ない光照射量で応答速度に優れた液晶表示素子を得ることができる。重合性基を有する化合物は、上記重合性不飽和基を分子内に1個以上有する化合物であってもよく、その含有量は、全ての重合体成分100質量部に対して0.1~30質量部であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~20質量部である。また、上記重合性基は液晶配向剤に用いる重合体が有していてもよく、このような重合体としては、例えば上記光重合性基を末端に有するジアミンを含むジアミン成分を反応に用いて得られる重合体が挙げられる。
<Step (4-3): In the case of an SC-PVA mode type liquid crystal display element>
A method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element through a step of irradiating ultraviolet light as described below after the above-mentioned (4) may be adopted. According to this method, a liquid crystal display element having excellent response speed can be obtained with a small amount of light irradiation, as in the case of manufacturing the PSA type liquid crystal display element. The compound having a polymerizable group may be a compound having one or more of the above-mentioned polymerizable unsaturated groups in the molecule, and the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of all the polymer components. The polymerizable group may be contained in a polymer used for a liquid crystal alignment agent, and an example of such a polymer is a polymer obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine having the above-mentioned photopolymerizable group at its terminal in a reaction.

<工程(4-4):紫外線を照射する工程>
 上記(4-2)又は(4-3)で得られた一対の基板の有する導電膜間に電圧を印加した状態で液晶セルに光照射する。ここで印加する電圧は、例えば5~50Vの直流又は交流とすることができる。また、照射する光としては、例えば150~800nmの波長の光を含む紫外線及び可視光線を用いることができるが、300~400nmの波長の光を含む紫外線が好ましい。照射光の光源としては、例えば低圧水銀ランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、重水素ランプ、メタルハライドランプ、アルゴン共鳴ランプ、キセノンランプ、エキシマレーザーなどを使用することができる。光の照射量は、好ましくは1,000~200,000J/mであり、より好ましくは1,000~100,000J/mである。
<Step (4-4): Step of irradiating with ultraviolet light>
The liquid crystal cell is irradiated with light while a voltage is applied between the conductive films of the pair of substrates obtained in (4-2) or (4-3) above. The voltage applied here can be, for example, 5 to 50 V DC or AC. The light to be irradiated can be, for example, ultraviolet light and visible light containing light with a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm, but ultraviolet light containing light with a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm is preferred. The light source for the irradiation light can be, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a deuterium lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, or the like. The amount of light irradiation is preferably 1,000 to 200,000 J/m 2 , more preferably 1,000 to 100,000 J/m 2 .

 そして、必要に応じて液晶セルの外側表面に偏光板を貼り合わせることにより液晶表示素子を得ることができる。液晶セルの外表面に貼り合わされる偏光板としては、ポリビニルアルコールを延伸配向させながらヨウ素を吸収させた「H膜」と称される偏光フィルムを酢酸セルロース保護膜で挟んだ偏光板又はH膜そのものからなる偏光板を挙げることができる。 Then, if necessary, a polarizing plate can be attached to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell to obtain a liquid crystal display element. Examples of polarizing plates that can be attached to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell include a polarizing film called an "H film" made by absorbing iodine while stretching and aligning polyvinyl alcohol, sandwiched between cellulose acetate protective films, and a polarizing plate made of the H film itself.

 IPSモードにおいて使用される櫛歯電極基板であるIPS基板は、基材と、基材上に形成され、櫛歯状に配置された複数の線状電極と、基材上に線状電極を覆うように形成された液晶配向膜とを有する。
 なお、FFSモードにおいて使用される櫛歯電極基板であるFFS基板は、基材と、基材上に形成された面電極と、面電極上に形成された絶縁膜と、絶縁膜上に形成され、櫛歯状に配置された複数の線状電極と、絶縁膜上に線状電極を覆うように形成された液晶配向膜とを有する。
An IPS substrate, which is a comb-tooth electrode substrate used in the IPS mode, has a base material, a plurality of linear electrodes formed on the base material and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the base material so as to cover the linear electrodes.
The FFS substrate, which is a comb-tooth electrode substrate used in the FFS mode, has a base material, a surface electrode formed on the base material, an insulating film formed on the surface electrode, a plurality of linear electrodes formed on the insulating film and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film formed on the insulating film so as to cover the linear electrodes.

 図1は、本発明の横電界液晶表示素子の一例を示す概略部分断面図であり、IPSモード液晶表示素子の例である。
 図1に例示する横電界液晶表示素子1においては、液晶配向膜2cを具備する櫛歯電極基板2と液晶配向膜4aを具備する対向基板4との間に、液晶3が挟持されている。櫛歯電極基板2は、基材2aと、基材2a上に形成され、櫛歯状に配置された複数の線状電極2bと、基材2a上に線状電極2bを覆うように形成された液晶配向膜2cとを有している。対向基板4は、基材4bと、基材4b上に形成された液晶配向膜4aとを有している。液晶配向膜2cは、例えば、本発明の液晶配向膜である。液晶配向膜4cも同様に本発明の液晶配向膜である。
 この横電界液晶表示素子1においては、線状電極2bに電圧が印加されると、電気力線Lで示すように線状電極2b間で電界が発生する。
FIG. 1 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing an example of a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element of the present invention, which is an example of an IPS mode liquid crystal display element.
In the in-plane switching liquid crystal display element 1 illustrated in Fig. 1, liquid crystal 3 is sandwiched between a comb-tooth electrode substrate 2 having a liquid crystal alignment film 2c and a counter substrate 4 having a liquid crystal alignment film 4a. The comb-tooth electrode substrate 2 has a base material 2a, a plurality of linear electrodes 2b formed on the base material 2a and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film 2c formed on the base material 2a so as to cover the linear electrodes 2b. The counter substrate 4 has a base material 4b and a liquid crystal alignment film 4a formed on the base material 4b. The liquid crystal alignment film 2c is, for example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment film 4c is also the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.
In this IPS LCD element 1, when a voltage is applied to the linear electrodes 2b, an electric field is generated between the linear electrodes 2b as indicated by electric force lines L.

 図2は、本発明の横電界液晶表示素子の他の例を示す概略部分断面図であり、FFSモード液晶表示素子の例である。
 図2に例示する横電界液晶表示素子1においては、液晶配向膜2hを具備する櫛歯電極基板2と液晶配向膜4aを具備する対向基板4との間に、液晶3が挟持されている。櫛歯電極基板2は、基材2dと、基材2d上に形成された面電極2eと、面電極2e上に形成された絶縁膜2fと、絶縁膜2f上に形成され、櫛歯状に配置された複数の線状電極2gと、絶縁膜2f上に線状電極2gを覆うように形成された液晶配向膜2hとを有している。対向基板4は、基材4bと、基材4b上に形成された液晶配向膜4aとを有している。液晶配向膜2hは、例えば、本発明の液晶配向膜である。液晶配向膜4aも同様に本発明の液晶配向膜である。
 この横電界液晶表示素子1においては、面電極2e及び線状電極2gに電圧が印加されると、電気力線Lで示すように面電極2e及び線状電極2g間で電界が発生する。
FIG. 2 is a schematic partial cross-sectional view showing another example of the in-plane switching liquid crystal display element of the present invention, which is an example of an FFS mode liquid crystal display element.
In the lateral electric field liquid crystal display element 1 illustrated in Fig. 2, liquid crystal 3 is sandwiched between a comb-tooth electrode substrate 2 having a liquid crystal alignment film 2h and a counter substrate 4 having a liquid crystal alignment film 4a. The comb-tooth electrode substrate 2 has a base material 2d, a plane electrode 2e formed on the base material 2d, an insulating film 2f formed on the plane electrode 2e, a plurality of linear electrodes 2g formed on the insulating film 2f and arranged in a comb-tooth shape, and a liquid crystal alignment film 2h formed on the insulating film 2f so as to cover the linear electrodes 2g. The counter substrate 4 has a base material 4b and a liquid crystal alignment film 4a formed on the base material 4b. The liquid crystal alignment film 2h is, for example, the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The liquid crystal alignment film 4a is also the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention.
In this IPS LCD element 1, when a voltage is applied to the plane electrodes 2e and the linear electrodes 2g, an electric field is generated between the plane electrodes 2e and the linear electrodes 2g as indicated by electric field lines L.

 以下に実施例を挙げ、本発明をさらに詳しく説明するが、本発明は、これらに限定して解釈されるものではない。使用した化合物の略号及び各物性の測定方法は、以下の通りである。
(有機溶媒)
 NMP:N-メチル-2-ピロリドン
 GBL:γ-ブチロラクトン
 BCS:ブチルセロソルブ
(テトラカルボン酸二無水物)
 CA-1~CA-4:それぞれ、下記式(CA-1)~(CA-4)で表される化合物

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(ジアミン)
 DA-1~DA-8:それぞれ、下記式(DA-1)~(DA-8)で表される化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記ジアミンのうち、DA-1及びDA-8は特定ジアミン(A)の範囲に含まれる。DA-2及びDA-6は特定ジアミン(B)の範囲に含まれる。DA-3は特定ジアミン(C)の範囲に含まれる。
(添加剤)
 AD-1~AD-2:それぞれ、下記式(AD-1)~(AD-2)で表される化合物
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. The abbreviations of the compounds used and the methods for measuring the respective physical properties are as follows.
(Organic solvent)
NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone GBL: γ-butyrolactone BCS: Butyl cellosolve (tetracarboxylic dianhydride)
CA-1 to CA-4: Compounds represented by the following formulas (CA-1) to (CA-4), respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(Diamine)
DA-1 to DA-8: Compounds represented by the following formulas (DA-1) to (DA-8), respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Among the above diamines, DA-1 and DA-8 are included in the range of specific diamine (A). DA-2 and DA-6 are included in the range of specific diamine (B). DA-3 is included in the range of specific diamine (C).
(Additives)
AD-1 to AD-2: Compounds represented by the following formulas (AD-1) to (AD-2), respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

<粘度の測定>
 E型粘度計TVE-22H(東機産業社製)を用い、サンプル量1.1mL、コーンロータTE-1(1°34’、R24)を用いて、温度25℃で測定した。
<Measurement of Viscosity>
The measurement was performed at 25° C. using an E-type viscometer TVE-22H (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) with a sample volume of 1.1 mL and a cone rotor TE-1 (1°34′, R24).

<分子量の測定>
 下記の常温GPC(ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー)装置によって以下の条件に従って測定し、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレンオキサイド換算値としてMn及びMwを算出した。
 GPC装置:GPC-101(昭和電工社製)、
 カラム:GPC KD-803、GPC KD-805(昭和電工社製)の直列、
 カラム温度:50℃、
 溶離液:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(添加剤として、臭化リチウム一水和物(LiBr・HO)が30mmol/L、リン酸・無水結晶(o-リン酸)が30mmol/L、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)が10mL/L)、
 流速:1.0mL/分
 検量線作成用標準サンプル:TSK 標準ポリエチレンオキサイド(分子量;約900,000、約150,000、約100,000及び約30,000)(東ソー社製)及びポリエチレングリコール(分子量;約12,000、約4,000及び約1,000)(ポリマーラボラトリー社製)。
<Measurement of molecular weight>
Measurements were carried out using the following room temperature GPC (gel permeation chromatography) apparatus under the following conditions, and Mn and Mw were calculated as values calculated in terms of polyethylene glycol and polyethylene oxide.
GPC device: GPC-101 (Showa Denko K.K.),
Column: GPC KD-803 and GPC KD-805 (Showa Denko K.K.) in series;
Column temperature: 50 ° C.
Eluent: N,N-dimethylformamide (additives: lithium bromide monohydrate (LiBr.H 2 O) 30 mmol/L, phosphoric acid anhydrous crystal (o-phosphoric acid) 30 mmol/L, tetrahydrofuran (THF) 10 mL/L),
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min. Standard samples for preparing a calibration curve: TSK standard polyethylene oxide (molecular weight; about 900,000, about 150,000, about 100,000, and about 30,000) (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and polyethylene glycol (molecular weight; about 12,000, about 4,000, and about 1,000) (manufactured by Polymer Laboratory Co., Ltd.).

[重合体の合成]
<合成例1>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの50mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-6(2.29g、8.00mmol)及びNMP(16.8g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-1(1.69g、7.54mmol)及びNMP(12.4g)を加えて、40℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度12質量%のポリアミック酸(A-1)の溶液(粘度:225mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは10,382、Mwは32,874であった。
<合成例2>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの50mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-2(0.977g、4.00mmol)、DA-3(0.797g、4.00mmol)及びNMP(10.1g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-2(1.50g、6.00mmol)及びNMP(8.30g)を加えて、50℃で5時間撹拌した。その後、室温に冷却した後、CA-3(0.494g、1.68mmol)及びNMP(2.80g)を加えて、70℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度15質量%のポリアミック酸(A-2)の溶液(粘度:304mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは9,284、Mwは26,834であった。
<合成例3>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの100mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-6(9.74g、34.0mmol)、DA-4(1.37g、4.01mmol)、DA-5(1.11g、1.99mmol)及びNMP(106g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-1(7.89g、35.2mmol)及びNMP(37.5g)を加えて、室温で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度12質量%のポリアミック酸(A-3)の溶液(粘度:210mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは10,521、Mwは32,302であった。
<合成例4>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの100mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-3(3.11g、15.6mmol)、DA-2(2.54g、10.4mmol)及びNMP(41.4g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-2(3.25g、13.0mmol)及びNMP(9.00g)を加えて、50℃で5時間撹拌した。その後、室温に冷却した後、CA-3(3.32g、11.3mmol)及びNMP(18.8g)を加えて、70℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度15質量%のポリアミック酸(A-4)の溶液(粘度:296mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは9,081、Mwは23,875であった。
<合成例5>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの50mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-1(1.87g、4.49mmol)及びNMP(13.7g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-1(0.500g、2.23mmol)及びNMP(3.70g)を加えて、40℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度12質量%のポリアミック酸(A-5)の溶液(粘度:6mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは1,750、Mwは2,158であった。
<合成例6>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの50mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-1(3.12g、7.49mmol)及びNMP(22.9g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-1(1.60g、7.14mmol)及びNMP(10.8g)を加えて、40℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度12質量%のポリアミック酸(A-6)の溶液(粘度:282mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは10,704、Mwは39,144であった。
<合成例7>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの100mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-3(5.42g、27.2mmol)、DA-7(1.35g、6.80mmol)及びNMP(64.5g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-4(1.53g、7.82mmol)及びNMP(10.2g)を加えて、室温で30分間撹拌した。その後、室温に冷却した後、CA-2(6.38g、25.5mmol)及びNMP(8.50g)を加えて、50℃で15時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度15質量%のポリアミック酸(A-7)の溶液(粘度:1,250mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは15,100、Mwは54,900であった。
<合成例8>
 撹拌装置付き及び窒素導入管付きの50mL四つ口フラスコに、DA-8(3.92g、7.00mmol)及びNMP(35.3g)を加えて、窒素を送りながら室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、CA-1(1.26g、5.60mmol)及びNMP(2.42g)を加えて、40℃で18時間撹拌することで、固形分濃度12質量%のポリアミック酸(A-8)の溶液(粘度:35mPa・s)を得た。このポリアミック酸のMnは3,734、Mwは8,173であった。
[Synthesis of Polymer]
<Synthesis Example 1>
DA-6 (2.29 g, 8.00 mmol) and NMP (16.8 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Thereafter, CA-1 (1.69 g, 7.54 mmol) and NMP (12.4 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-1) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 225 mPa·s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 10,382, and the Mw was 32,874.
<Synthesis Example 2>
DA-2 (0.977 g, 4.00 mmol), DA-3 (0.797 g, 4.00 mmol) and NMP (10.1 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Then, CA-2 (1.50 g, 6.00 mmol) and NMP (8.30 g) were added and stirred at 50 ° C. for 5 hours. Then, after cooling to room temperature, CA-3 (0.494 g, 1.68 mmol) and NMP (2.80 g) were added and stirred at 70 ° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-2) with a solid content concentration of 15 mass% (viscosity: 304 mPa · s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 9,284 and the Mw was 26,834.
<Synthesis Example 3>
DA-6 (9.74 g, 34.0 mmol), DA-4 (1.37 g, 4.01 mmol), DA-5 (1.11 g, 1.99 mmol) and NMP (106 g) were added to a 100 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Thereafter, CA-1 (7.89 g, 35.2 mmol) and NMP (37.5 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-3) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 210 mPa s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 10,521 and the Mw was 32,302.
<Synthesis Example 4>
DA-3 (3.11 g, 15.6 mmol), DA-2 (2.54 g, 10.4 mmol) and NMP (41.4 g) were added to a 100 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Then, CA-2 (3.25 g, 13.0 mmol) and NMP (9.00 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 5 hours. Then, after cooling to room temperature, CA-3 (3.32 g, 11.3 mmol) and NMP (18.8 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-4) with a solid content concentration of 15 mass% (viscosity: 296 mPa · s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 9,081, and the Mw was 23,875.
<Synthesis Example 5>
DA-1 (1.87 g, 4.49 mmol) and NMP (13.7 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Then, CA-1 (0.500 g, 2.23 mmol) and NMP (3.70 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-5) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 6 mPa·s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 1,750 and the Mw was 2,158.
<Synthesis Example 6>
DA-1 (3.12 g, 7.49 mmol) and NMP (22.9 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Thereafter, CA-1 (1.60 g, 7.14 mmol) and NMP (10.8 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-6) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 282 mPa·s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 10,704, and the Mw was 39,144.
<Synthesis Example 7>
DA-3 (5.42 g, 27.2 mmol), DA-7 (1.35 g, 6.80 mmol) and NMP (64.5 g) were added to a 100 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Thereafter, CA-4 (1.53 g, 7.82 mmol) and NMP (10.2 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then CA-2 (6.38 g, 25.5 mmol) and NMP (8.50 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 15 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-7) having a solid content concentration of 15% by mass (viscosity: 1,250 mPa·s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 15,100, and the Mw was 54,900.
<Synthesis Example 8>
DA-8 (3.92 g, 7.00 mmol) and NMP (35.3 g) were added to a 50 mL four-neck flask equipped with a stirrer and a nitrogen inlet tube, and dissolved by stirring at room temperature while feeding nitrogen. Then, CA-1 (1.26 g, 5.60 mmol) and NMP (2.42 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 18 hours to obtain a solution of polyamic acid (A-8) with a solid content concentration of 12% by mass (viscosity: 35 mPa·s). The Mn of this polyamic acid was 3,734 and the Mw was 8,173.

 上記合成例1~8において使用したテトラカルボン酸成分及びジアミン成分の種類及び量を表1に示す。なお、表1中、テトラカルボン酸成分及びジアミン成分中の括弧内の数値は、各ポリアミック酸の合成に使用したジアミン成分の合計量100モル部に対する各化合物の使用割合(モル部)を表す。
 なお、ポリアミック酸A-1、A-3は、本発明の重合体(B)に該当し、ポリアミック酸A-2、A-4、A-7は、本発明の重合体(C)に該当し、ポリアミック酸A-5~A-6、A-8は、本発明の重合体(A)に該当する。
The types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic acid components and diamine components used in Synthesis Examples 1 to 8 are shown in Table 1. In Table 1, the numbers in parentheses for the tetracarboxylic acid components and diamine components indicate the proportion (parts by mole) of each compound used relative to 100 parts by mole of the total amount of the diamine components used in the synthesis of each polyamic acid.
The polyamic acids A-1 and A-3 correspond to the polymer (B) of the present invention, the polyamic acids A-2, A-4, and A-7 correspond to the polymer (C) of the present invention, and the polyamic acids A-5 to A-6, and A-8 correspond to the polymer (A) of the present invention.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019

[液晶配向剤の調製]
<実施例1>
 合成例1で得られたポリアミック酸(A-1)の溶液(1.22g)に、合成例2で得られたポリアミック酸(A-2)の溶液(2.93g)、合成例5で得られたポリアミック酸(A-5)の溶液(0.15g)、NMP(0.55g)、GBL(4.78g)、BCS(4.50g)、AD-1(1質量%GBL溶液、0.59g)、及びAD-2(10質量%NMP溶液、0.29g)を加え、室温で2時間撹拌することで、本発明の液晶配向剤(AL-1)を得た。
[Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent]
Example 1
To the solution (1.22 g) of the polyamic acid (A-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1, the solution (2.93 g) of the polyamic acid (A-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, the solution (0.15 g) of the polyamic acid (A-5) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, NMP (0.55 g), GBL (4.78 g), BCS (4.50 g), AD-1 (1 mass% GBL solution, 0.59 g), and AD-2 (10 mass% NMP solution, 0.29 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a liquid crystal aligning agent (AL-1) of the present invention.

<実施例2~7、及び比較例1~5>
 使用するポリアミック酸溶液及び溶媒の種類や量を表2に示すように変更した点以外は上記実施例1と同様に操作することで、本発明の実施例2~7である液晶配向剤AL-2~AL-7及び比較例1~5である液晶配向剤AL-C1~AL-C5を得た。
<Examples 2 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5>
The liquid crystal alignment agents AL-2 to AL-7, which are the examples 2 to 7 of the present invention, and the liquid crystal alignment agents AL-C1 to AL-C5, which are the comparative examples 1 to 5, were obtained by the same operation as in Example 1, except that the type and amount of the polyamic acid solution and the solvent used were changed as shown in Table 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020

[液晶セルの作製]
<プレチルト角及び電圧保持率評価用の液晶セルの作製>
 始めに電極付きの基板を準備した。基板は、30mm×40mmの大きさで、厚さが0.7mmのガラス基板である。基板上には膜厚35nmのITO電極が形成されており、電極は間隔が縦40mm、横10mmのストライプパターン状のものを用いた。
 次に、上記で得られた液晶配向剤を孔径1.0μmのフィルターで濾過した後、上記で準備した電極付き基板に、スピンコート法にて塗布した。次いで、80℃のホットプレート上で2分間乾燥させた後、230℃の赤外線加熱炉で20分間焼成を行い、厚み60nmの塗膜を形成させて液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。この液晶配向膜をレーヨン布(Hyperflex社製、HY-5318)でラビング配向処理(ローラー直径:120mm、ローラー回転数:1000rpm、移動速度:20mm/sec、押し込み長:0.4mm)した。その後、純水中にて1分間超音波照射をして洗浄を行い、エアブローにて水滴を除去した後、80℃で10分間乾燥して液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。この液晶配向膜付き基板を2枚用意し、その1枚の液晶配向膜面上に粒径4μmの球状スペーサーを散布した後、液晶注入口を残して周囲にシール剤(三井化学社製 XN-1500T)を印刷し、もう1枚の基板をラビング方向が逆方向、かつ膜面が向き合うようにして貼り合わせた。その後、150℃で60分間の加熱処理を行い、シール剤を硬化させて空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、ネガ型液晶NA-1559(DIC社製)を注入し、注入口を封止して液晶セルを得た。その後、得られた液晶セルを120℃で1時間加熱し、23℃で一晩放置してからプレチルト角評価に用いた。
[Preparation of Liquid Crystal Cell]
<Preparation of Liquid Crystal Cell for Evaluation of Pretilt Angle and Voltage Holding Ratio>
First, a substrate with electrodes was prepared. The substrate was a glass substrate with a size of 30 mm x 40 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm. An ITO electrode with a film thickness of 35 nm was formed on the substrate, and the electrodes were in a stripe pattern with an interval of 40 mm vertically and 10 mm horizontally.
Next, the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained above was filtered through a filter with a pore size of 1.0 μm, and then applied to the electrode-attached substrate prepared above by spin coating. Then, it was dried on a hot plate at 80 ° C. for 2 minutes, and then baked in an infrared heating furnace at 230 ° C. for 20 minutes to form a coating film with a thickness of 60 nm to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. This liquid crystal alignment film was subjected to a rubbing alignment treatment (roller diameter: 120 mm, roller rotation speed: 1000 rpm, moving speed: 20 mm / sec, indentation length: 0.4 mm) with a rayon cloth (HY-5318, manufactured by Hyperflex). Then, it was washed by ultrasonic irradiation in pure water for 1 minute, water droplets were removed by air blowing, and then it was dried at 80 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. Two substrates with this liquid crystal alignment film were prepared, and after dispersing spherical spacers with a particle size of 4 μm on the liquid crystal alignment film surface of one of them, a sealant (Mitsui Chemicals XN-1500T) was printed around the periphery, leaving a liquid crystal injection port, and the other substrate was attached so that the rubbing direction was in the opposite direction and the film surfaces faced each other. Then, a heat treatment was performed at 150°C for 60 minutes to harden the sealant and prepare an empty cell. Negative liquid crystal NA-1559 (DIC) was injected into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was sealed to obtain a liquid crystal cell. The obtained liquid crystal cell was then heated at 120°C for 1 hour, left overnight at 23°C, and used for pretilt angle evaluation.

<FFS駆動液晶セルの作製>
 FFSモード液晶表示素子の構成を備えた液晶セルを作製した。
 始めに、電極付きの基板を準備した。基板は、30mm×50mmの長方形で、厚みが0.7mmのガラス基板を用いた。基板上には第1層目として共通電極を構成する、ベタ状のパターンを備えたITO電極が形成されていた。第1層目の共通電極の上には第2層目として、CVD(化学蒸着)法により成膜されたSiN(窒化珪素)膜が形成されていた。第2層目のSiN膜の膜厚は300nmであり、層間絶縁膜として機能する膜厚であった。第2層目のSiN膜の上には、第3層目としてITO膜をパターニングして形成された櫛歯状の画素電極が配置され、第1画素及び第2画素の2つの画素が形成されており、各画素のサイズは、縦10mm、横5mmであった。本電極付き基板は、第1層目の共通電極と第3層目の画素電極が、第2層目のSiN膜にて絶縁された構造を有していた。
 第3層目の画素電極は、中央部分が内角160°で屈曲し、幅が3μmの電極線が6μmの間隔で平行になるように複数配列された櫛歯形状を有しており、1つの画素は、複数の電極線によって形成されており、屈曲部を結ぶ線を境に第1領域と第2領域を有していた。
 次に、上記で得られた液晶配向剤を孔径1.0μmのフィルターで濾過した後、上記電極付き基板(以後、電極基板と呼ぶ)と、裏面にITO膜が成膜されている高さ4μmの柱状スペーサーを有するガラス基板(以後、対向基板と呼ぶ)に、スピンコート法にて塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で2分間乾燥させた後、230℃の熱風循環式オーブンで20分間焼成を行い、膜厚60nmの塗膜を形成させた。この塗膜をレーヨン布(Hyperflex社製、HY-5318)でラビング配向処理(ローラー直径:120mm、ローラー回転数:1000rpm、移動速度:20mm/sec、押し込み長:0.4mm)した。その後、純水中にて1分間超音波照射をして洗浄を行い、エアブローにて水滴を除去した後、80℃のホットプレート上で10分間乾燥して、液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。なお、上記電極基板に形成された液晶配向膜は、画素屈曲部の内角を等分する方向と、液晶の配向方向とが平行になるように配向処理が施されており、対向基板に形成された配向膜は、液晶セルを作製する際に電極基板上の液晶の配向方向と、対向基板上の液晶の配向方向とが一致するように配向処理が施されていた。上記2枚の基板を一組とし、基板上にシール剤(三井化学社製 XN-1500T)をディスペンサーにて印刷し、もう1枚の基板を、それぞれの液晶配向膜の配向方向が0°になって向かい合うようにして張り合わせた。その後、張り合わせた基板を圧着し、150℃の熱風循環式オーブンで60分間加熱しシール剤を硬化させ、空セルを作製した。この空セルに減圧注入法によって、ネガ型液晶NA-1559(DIC社製)を注入し、注入口を封止することによりFFS駆動液晶セルを得た。その後、得られた液晶セルを120℃で1時間加熱し、23℃で一晩放置してから評価に使用した。
<Preparation of FFS Drive Liquid Crystal Cell>
A liquid crystal cell having the structure of an FFS mode liquid crystal display element was prepared.
First, a substrate with electrodes was prepared. The substrate was a rectangular glass substrate with dimensions of 30 mm x 50 mm and a thickness of 0.7 mm. An ITO electrode with a solid pattern was formed on the substrate as a first layer, which constituted a common electrode. A SiN (silicon nitride) film formed by CVD (chemical vapor deposition) was formed as a second layer on the first common electrode. The thickness of the second SiN film was 300 nm, which was a thickness that functioned as an interlayer insulating film. A comb-shaped pixel electrode formed by patterning an ITO film as a third layer was arranged on the second SiN film, and two pixels, a first pixel and a second pixel, were formed, and the size of each pixel was 10 mm long and 5 mm wide. This substrate with electrodes had a structure in which the first common electrode and the third pixel electrode were insulated by the second SiN film.
The pixel electrode of the third layer had a comb-like shape with the central portion bent at an interior angle of 160° and multiple electrode lines, each 3 μm wide, arranged in parallel at intervals of 6 μm. One pixel was formed by multiple electrode lines and had a first region and a second region separated by a line connecting the bent portions.
Next, the liquid crystal alignment agent obtained above was filtered through a filter with a pore size of 1.0 μm, and then applied by spin coating to the electrode-attached substrate (hereinafter referred to as the electrode substrate) and a glass substrate (hereinafter referred to as the opposing substrate) having a columnar spacer with a height of 4 μm and an ITO film formed on the back surface. After drying for 2 minutes on a hot plate at 80 ° C., it was baked for 20 minutes in a hot air circulation oven at 230 ° C. to form a coating film with a thickness of 60 nm. This coating film was subjected to a rubbing alignment treatment (roller diameter: 120 mm, roller rotation speed: 1000 rpm, moving speed: 20 mm / sec, indentation length: 0.4 mm) with a rayon cloth (HY-5318, manufactured by Hyperflex). Thereafter, it was washed by ultrasonic irradiation in pure water for 1 minute, water droplets were removed by air blowing, and then it was dried for 10 minutes on a hot plate at 80 ° C. to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment film formed on the electrode substrate was subjected to an alignment treatment so that the direction that divides the inner angle of the pixel bend is parallel to the alignment direction of the liquid crystal, and the alignment film formed on the counter substrate was subjected to an alignment treatment so that the alignment direction of the liquid crystal on the electrode substrate coincides with the alignment direction of the liquid crystal on the counter substrate when the liquid crystal cell was produced. The above two substrates were combined into a set, and a sealant (Mitsui Chemicals XN-1500T) was printed on the substrate using a dispenser, and another substrate was attached to the set so that the alignment directions of the liquid crystal alignment films were 0° and faced each other. The attached substrates were then pressed together and heated for 60 minutes in a hot air circulation oven at 150°C to harden the sealant, producing an empty cell. Negative liquid crystal NA-1559 (DIC) was injected into this empty cell by a reduced pressure injection method, and the injection port was sealed to obtain an FFS drive liquid crystal cell. The obtained liquid crystal cell was then heated at 120°C for 1 hour and left at 23°C overnight before being used for evaluation.

[液晶セルの特性評価]
 前記で作製したプレチルト角及び電圧保持率評価用の液晶セル及びFFS駆動液晶セルの特性を以下のようにして評価した。
[Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Cell Characteristics]
The characteristics of the liquid crystal cells for evaluating the pretilt angle and voltage holding ratio and the FFS driving liquid crystal cell prepared above were evaluated as follows.

<プレチルト角の測定>
 Axometrics社製のAxoScanを用いて、ミューラーマトリックス法により、上記液晶セル内のプレチルト角を測定した。プレチルト角の値が低いほど、視野角特性は良好である。評価基準として、プレチルト角が2.10°以下の場合を「○」、2.10°より大きい場合を「×」とした。
<Measurement of pretilt angle>
The pretilt angle in the liquid crystal cell was measured by the Mueller matrix method using Axometrics' AxoScan. The lower the pretilt angle, the better the viewing angle characteristics. As the evaluation criteria, a pretilt angle of 2.10° or less was marked as "○", and a pretilt angle of more than 2.10° was marked as "×".

<長期交流駆動による配向安定性評価>
 本評価は、長期交流駆動において液晶配向膜の配向性能が低下することによって生ずる残像(AC残像ともいう。)を評価するものである。
 上記で作製したFFS駆動液晶セルを用い、表面温度が50℃の高輝度バックライト(光源:LED、輝度:30000cd/m)の上で、±6.5Vの交流電圧を周波数30Hzで120時間印加した。その後、液晶セルの画素電極と共通電極との間をショートさせた状態にし、室温(23℃)下で一日放置した。放置の後、液晶セルを偏光軸が直交するように配置された2枚の偏光板の間に設置し、電圧無印加の状態でバックライトを点灯させておき、第1画素の第1領域の透過光強度が最も小さくなるように液晶セルの配置角度を調整し、次に第1画素の第2領域の透過光強度が最も小さくなるように液晶セルを回転させたときに要する回転角度を角度Δとして算出した。第2画素でも同様に、第1領域と第2領域とを比較し、同様の角度Δを算出した。そして、第1画素と第2画素の角度Δの平均値を液晶セルの回転角度Δとして算出した。液晶配向の安定性は、この回転角度Δの値が小さいほど良好であると言える。評価基準として、角度Δが0.25°以下の場合を「○」、0.25°より大きい場合を「×」とした。
<Evaluation of alignment stability by long-term AC driving>
This evaluation is for evaluating image retention (also called AC image retention) that occurs due to deterioration of the alignment performance of a liquid crystal alignment film during long-term AC driving.
Using the FFS drive liquid crystal cell prepared above, an AC voltage of ±6.5V was applied at a frequency of 30 Hz for 120 hours on a high-luminance backlight (light source: LED, luminance: 30,000 cd/m 2 ) with a surface temperature of 50° C. Then, the pixel electrode and the common electrode of the liquid crystal cell were shorted, and the cell was left at room temperature (23° C.) for one day. After the cell was left, the liquid crystal cell was placed between two polarizing plates arranged so that the polarization axes were perpendicular to each other, and the backlight was turned on without applying a voltage. The arrangement angle of the liquid crystal cell was adjusted so that the transmitted light intensity of the first region of the first pixel was minimized, and the rotation angle required when the liquid crystal cell was rotated so that the transmitted light intensity of the second region of the first pixel was minimized was calculated as the angle Δ. Similarly, the first region and the second region of the second pixel were compared, and the same angle Δ was calculated. Then, the average value of the angles Δ of the first pixel and the second pixel was calculated as the rotation angle Δ of the liquid crystal cell. It can be said that the stability of the liquid crystal alignment is better as the value of this rotation angle Δ is smaller. As the evaluation standard, an angle Δ of 0.25° or less was rated as "◯", and an angle Δ of more than 0.25° was rated as "×".

<バックライト耐性試験後の電圧保持率の評価>
 上記電圧保持率評価用液晶セルを、表面温度が50℃の高輝度バックライト(光源:LED、輝度:30000cd/m)の照射下で96時間放置した。次いで、液晶セルに60℃の温度で1Vの電圧を60μsec印加し、167msec後の電圧を測定して、電圧がどのくらい保持できているかを電圧保持率として算出した。電圧保持率の値が高いほど良好である。なお、液晶表示素子の電気特性の1つである電圧保持率が上昇すると、液晶表示素子の表示不良の1つである線焼き付きが発生しにくくなることが知られている。
<Evaluation of voltage holding ratio after backlight durability test>
The liquid crystal cell for evaluating the voltage holding ratio was left for 96 hours under irradiation of a high-luminance backlight (light source: LED, luminance: 30,000 cd/ m2 ) with a surface temperature of 50°C. A voltage of 1V was then applied to the liquid crystal cell for 60 μsec at a temperature of 60°C, and the voltage after 167 msec was measured to calculate the voltage holding ratio, which indicates how much voltage was being held. The higher the voltage holding ratio, the better. It is known that an increase in the voltage holding ratio, which is one of the electrical properties of a liquid crystal display element, makes it less likely that line burn-in, which is one of the display defects of a liquid crystal display element, will occur.

[塗布性の評価]
 上記で得られた液晶配向剤を、100mm×100mmの大きさで、厚さが1.1mmのITO基板にスピンコート法にて塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で2分間乾燥させた後、230℃の熱風循環式オーブンで20分間焼成を行い、厚み60nmの液晶配向膜付き基板を得た。この液晶配向膜付き基板を肉眼で観察したとき、塗膜表面がムラの無い均一な表面であれば「○」、塗膜表面にムラが視認できれば「×」とした。
[Evaluation of Coatability]
The liquid crystal alignment agent obtained above was applied by spin coating to an ITO substrate having a size of 100 mm x 100 mm and a thickness of 1.1 mm. After drying for 2 minutes on a hot plate at 80°C, it was baked for 20 minutes in a hot air circulation oven at 230°C to obtain a substrate with a liquid crystal alignment film having a thickness of 60 nm. When the substrate with the liquid crystal alignment film was observed with the naked eye, if the coating surface was uniform and free of unevenness, it was marked as "○", and if unevenness was visible on the coating surface, it was marked as "×".

 上記実施例1~7、および比較例1~5の各液晶配向剤を使用した液晶セルのプレチルト角、残像特性、電圧保持率及び塗布性の評価結果を表3に示す。
 なお、表3中、重合体の括弧内の数値は、重合体(A)以外の重合体(固形分)の含有量の合計を100質量部とした場合の、各重合体(固形分)の配合割合(質量部)を表す。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Table 3 shows the evaluation results of the pretilt angle, afterimage characteristics, voltage holding ratio and coatability of the liquid crystal cells using the liquid crystal alignment agents of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5.
In Table 3, the numerical values in parentheses for the polymers indicate the blending ratio (parts by mass) of each polymer (solid content) when the total content of the polymers (solid content) other than polymer (A) is 100 parts by mass.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021

 表3に示されるように、本発明の液晶配向剤を使用した液晶表示素子は、視野角特性、残像特性及び電圧保持率だけでなく、塗布性も良好であった。
 表3に示されるように、本発明の液晶配向剤を使用した液晶表示素子は、重合体(A)を含まない液晶配向剤を使用した液晶表示素子に比べ、電圧保持率が良好となった。例えば、実施例1と比較例3との対比、実施例2~3と比較例4との対比、又は実施例5と比較例5との対比から明らかである。
As shown in Table 3, the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal aligning agent of the present invention was excellent not only in viewing angle characteristics, afterimage characteristics and voltage holding ratio but also in coatability.
As shown in Table 3, the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention had a better voltage retention rate than the liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal alignment agent not containing the polymer (A). For example, this is clear from the comparison between Example 1 and Comparative Example 3, the comparison between Examples 2 to 3 and Comparative Example 4, or the comparison between Example 5 and Comparative Example 5.

 本発明の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜は、各種の動作モードの液晶表示素子に広く使用されるが、例えば、位相差フィルム用の液晶配向膜、走査アンテナや液晶アレイアンテナ用の液晶配向膜又は透過散乱型の液晶調光素子用としての液晶配向膜に用いることもできる。 The liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is widely used in liquid crystal display elements of various operation modes, but can also be used, for example, as a liquid crystal alignment film for retardation films, liquid crystal alignment films for scanning antennas and liquid crystal array antennas, or liquid crystal alignment films for transmissive scattering type liquid crystal dimming elements.

 本発明の液晶表示素子は、種々の機能を有する装置に有効に適用することができ、例えば、液晶テレビ、時計、携帯型ゲーム、ワープロ、ノート型パソコン、カーナビゲーションシステム、カムコーダー、PDA、デジタルカメラ、携帯電話、スマートフォン、各種モニター、インフォメーションディスプレイなどに用いることができる。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be effectively applied to devices with various functions, such as liquid crystal televisions, clocks, portable games, word processors, notebook computers, car navigation systems, camcorders, PDAs, digital cameras, mobile phones, smartphones, various monitors, and information displays.

 1:横電界液晶表示素子、 2:櫛歯電極基板、 2a、4b、2d:基材、 2b、2g:線状電極、 2c、2h、4a:液晶配向膜、 2e:面電極、 2f:絶縁膜、 3:液晶、 4:対向基板、 L:電気力線 1: In-plane electric field liquid crystal display element, 2: Comb-tooth electrode substrate, 2a, 4b, 2d: Base material, 2b, 2g: Linear electrodes, 2c, 2h, 4a: Liquid crystal alignment film, 2e: Planar electrodes, 2f: Insulating film, 3: Liquid crystal, 4: Counter substrate, L: Electric field lines

 なお、2023年10月10日に出願された日本特許出願2023-175168号の明細書、特許請求の範囲、図面及び要約書の全内容をここに引用し、本発明の明細書の開示として、取り入れるものである。 The entire contents of the specification, claims, drawings and abstract of Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-175168, filed on October 10, 2023, are hereby incorporated by reference as the disclosure of the specification of the present invention.

Claims (12)

 下記の重合体(A)、及び重合体(A)以外の重合体を含有する液晶配向剤であって、
 重合体(A)の含有量が、前記重合体(A)以外の重合体の含有量の合計100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上であり、且つ、10質量部以下である、上記液晶配向剤。
 重合体(A):脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物を含むテトラカルボン酸誘導体成分と、下記式(D)で表されるジアミン(A)を全ジアミン成分に対して40モル%以上含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる、重合体(P)。
 Z-NH-Ar-X-(R-L)-R-X-Ar-NH-Z (D
(式(D)中、 Ar、Arは、それぞれ独立して、2価のベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環のいずれかの2価の芳香族基を表し、該芳香族基の任意の水素原子は1価の基で置き換えられてもよい。
 X、Xは、それぞれ独立して、単結合、-O-、又は*1-O-CO-を表す。(*1は、Ar又はArとの結合手を表す。)
 R、Rは、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基であり、該2価の炭化水素基が有する水素原子の一部は、ハロゲン原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよい。複数のRは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。
 Lは、-O-、-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、複数のLは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。ただし、少なくとも1つのLは-O-C(=O)-又は-C(=O)-O-を表す。nは、1~6の整数である。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。)
A liquid crystal aligning agent containing the following polymer (A) and a polymer other than the polymer (A),
The liquid crystal aligning agent, wherein the content of the polymer (A) is 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymers other than the polymer (A).
Polymer (A): A polymer (P A ) selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained using a tetracarboxylic acid derivative component containing an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride and a diamine component containing 40 mol % or more of a diamine ( A ) represented by the following formula (D A ) based on the total diamine component, and a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor:
Z-NH-Ar 1 -X 1 -(R 1 -L) n -R 2 -X 2 -Ar 2 -NH-Z (D A )
In formula (D A ), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group which is a divalent benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and any hydrogen atom of the aromatic group may be replaced with a monovalent group.
X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a single bond, —O—, or *1-O—CO— (*1 represents a bond to Ar 1 or Ar 2 ).
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a divalent hydrocarbon group, and some of the hydrogen atoms in the divalent hydrocarbon group may be substituted with halogen atoms, methyl groups, trifluoromethyl groups, or hydroxy groups. Multiple R 1s may be the same or different.
L represents -O-, -C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-. When a plurality of L's are present, the plurality of L's may be the same or different, provided that at least one L represents -O-C(=O)- or -C(=O)-O-. n represents an integer of 1 to 6.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
 前記重合体(A)以外の重合体が、下記重合体(B)及び/又は下記重合体(C)を含有する、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。
 重合体(B):下記式(dAL)で表されるジアミン(B)(但し、前記ジアミン(A)に含まれるものは除く。)を含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる重合体(P)。
 但し、ジアミン成分としてジアミン(B)以外のジアミンを含む場合で、且つジアミン(A)を含む場合、ジアミン(A)の使用量はジアミン成分に対して40モル%未満である。また、ジアミン成分としてジアミン(B)以外のジアミンを含む場合で、ジアミン(A)を含まず、且つ下記ジアミン(C)を含む場合、ジアミン(C)の使用量は全ジアミン成分に対して30モル%未満である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(Ar、及びAr1’は、それぞれ、ベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環を表し、該ベンゼン環、該ビフェニル構造、又は該ナフタレン環上の1つ以上の水素原子は1価の基で置換されてもよい。
 L及びL1’は、それぞれ、単結合、-O-、-C(=O)-、又は-O-C(=O)-を表す。Aは、-CH-、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は該アルキレン基の炭素-炭素結合の間に、-O-、-C(=O)-O-、及び-O-C(=O)-の少なくともいずれかの基が挿入されてなる2価の有機基を表す。Aが有する任意の水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。
 ただし、式(dAL)中のL及びL1’が-O-の場合、Aは、-CH-、炭素数2~12のアルキレン基、又は該アルキレン基の炭素-炭素結合の間に-O-が挿入されてなる2価の有機基を表す。
 上記ベンゼン環、ビフェニル構造、又はナフタレン環上の1つ以上の水素原子は1価の基で置換されてもよく、該1価の基としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基、炭素数2~3のアルケニル基、炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~3のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数2~3のフルオロアルケニル基、炭素数1~3のフルオロアルコキシ基、炭素数2~3のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。)
 重合体(C):下記式(d)で表されるジアミン(C)を全ジアミン成分の30モル%以上含むジアミン成分を用いて得られるポリイミド前駆体及び該ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化物であるポリイミドからなる群から選ばれる重合体(P)。
 但し、ジアミン成分としてジアミン(C)以外のジアミンを含む場合、ジアミン(A)は含まれない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(Yは、窒素原子含有複素環及び基「*21-NR-*22」(*21、及び*22は、芳香族環を構成する炭素原子と結合する結合手を表す。
 但し、該炭素原子はRが結合する窒素原子と環を形成しない。
 Rは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、上記1価の有機基はカルボニル炭素以外の炭素原子で窒素原子と結合する。)で表されるアミノ基からなる群から選ばれる窒素原子含有構造を有する2価の有機基を表す。
 Zは水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。複数のZは、互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていても良い。)
The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1 , wherein the polymer other than the polymer (A) contains the following polymer (B) and/or the following polymer (C).
Polymer (B): A polymer (P B ) selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor obtained by using a diamine component containing a diamine (B) represented by the following formula (d AL ) (excluding those included in the diamine ( A )) and a polyimide which is an imidized product of the polyimide precursor.
However, when the diamine component contains a diamine other than the diamine (B) and also contains the diamine (A), the amount of the diamine (A) used is less than 40 mol % based on the diamine component. Also, when the diamine component contains a diamine other than the diamine (B), does not contain the diamine (A), and contains the following diamine (C), the amount of the diamine (C) used is less than 30 mol % based on the total diamine component.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(Ar 1 and Ar 1′ each represent a benzene ring, a biphenyl structure, or a naphthalene ring, and one or more hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring, the biphenyl structure, or the naphthalene ring may be substituted with a monovalent group.
L1 and L1 ' each represent a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, or -O-C(=O)-. A represents -CH2- , an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group in which at least one of -O-, -C(=O)-O-, and -O-C(=O)- is inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group. Any hydrogen atom possessed by A may be substituted with a halogen atom.
However, when L 1 and L 1′ in formula (d AL ) are —O—, A represents —CH 2 —, an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent organic group in which —O— is inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group.
One or more hydrogen atoms on the benzene ring, biphenyl structure, or naphthalene ring may be substituted with a monovalent group. Examples of the monovalent group include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and a nitro group.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
Polymer (C): A polymer (P C ) selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors obtained using a diamine component containing 30 mol % or more of diamine ( C ) represented by the following formula (d n ) based on the total diamine component, and polyimides which are imidized products of the polyimide precursors.
However, when a diamine other than the diamine (C) is contained as the diamine component, the diamine (A) is not contained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(Y represents a nitrogen atom-containing heterocycle and a group "*21-NR-*22" (*21 and *22 represent bonds bonded to carbon atoms constituting the aromatic ring.
However, the carbon atom does not form a ring with the nitrogen atom to which R is bonded.
R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic group is bonded to the nitrogen atom at a carbon atom other than the carbonyl carbon.
Z represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Multiple Z's may be the same or different.
 前記重合体(A)以外の重合体が、前記重合体(B)及び前記重合体(C)を含有する、請求項2に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 2, wherein the polymer other than the polymer (A) contains the polymer (B) and the polymer (C).  前記式(D)中の基「-(R-L)-R-」が、以下の構造から選ばれる、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。
 *-(CH-O-C(=O)-(CH-C(=O)-O-(CH-*、
 *-(CH-C(=O)-O-(CH-O-C(=O)-(CH-*、
 *-(CHn1-O-C(=O)-(CHn2-C(=O)-O-(CHn3-O-C(=O)-(CHn4-C(=O)-O-(CHn5-*;
 *-(CHn1-C(=O)-O-(CHn2-O-C(=O)-(CHn3-C(=O)-O-(CHn4-O-C(=O)-(CHn5-*;
 前記において、p、q、rは、それぞれ独立して、1~6の整数である。
 n1~n5は、それぞれ独立して、1~6の整数である。但し、n1~n5の炭素数の合計は、20以下である。
 *は結合手を表す。
2. The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein the group "-(R 1 -L) n -R 2 -" in the formula (D A ) is selected from the following structures:
*-(CH 2 ) p -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) q -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) r -*,
*-(CH 2 ) p -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) q -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) r -*,
*-(CH 2 ) n1 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n2 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n3 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n4 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n5 -*;
*-(CH 2 ) n1 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n2 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n3 -C(=O)-O-(CH 2 ) n4 -O-C(=O)-(CH 2 ) n5 -*;
In the above, p, q, and r each independently represent an integer of 1 to 6.
n1 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 1 to 6, provided that the total number of carbon atoms in n1 to n5 is 20 or less.
* represents a bond.
 前記ジアミン(A)が、下記式(d-1)~(d-10)からなる群から選ばれるいずれかのジアミンである、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(前記式(d-1)~(d-10)におけるベンゼン環上の水素原子は、1価の置換基で置換されてもよい。p、q、r及びn1~n5は、前記p、q、r及びn1~n5の定義と同様である。)
The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 1, wherein the diamine (A) is any diamine selected from the group consisting of the following formulae (d A -1) to (d A -10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In the formulae (d A -1) to (d A -10), the hydrogen atoms on the benzene rings may be substituted with monovalent substituents. p, q, r, and n1 to n5 are the same as those defined above.)
 前記重合体(B)が、前記ジアミン成分と、非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体を含有するテトラカルボン酸成分と、の重縮合反応により得られる、請求項2に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 2, wherein the polymer (B) is obtained by a polycondensation reaction between the diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component containing an acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, or a derivative thereof.  前記重合体(C)が、前記ジアミン成分と、非環式脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物、又はこれらの誘導体を含有するテトラカルボン酸成分と、の重縮合反応により得られる、請求項2に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal aligning agent according to claim 2, wherein the polymer (C) is obtained by a polycondensation reaction between the diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid component containing an acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, or a derivative thereof.  オキシラニル基、オキセタニル基、ブロックイソシアネート基、オキサゾリン基、シクロカーボネート基、ヒドロキシ基及びアルコキシ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種の置換基を有する架橋性化合物、並びに重合性不飽和基を有する架橋性化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の架橋性化合物、官能性シラン化合物、金属キレート化合物、硬化促進剤、界面活性剤、酸化防止剤、増感剤、防腐剤、並びに得られる液晶配向膜の誘電率や電気抵抗を調整するための化合物から選ばれる添加剤成分をさらに含有する、請求項1に記載の液晶配向剤。 The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, further comprising at least one crosslinking compound selected from the group consisting of crosslinking compounds having at least one substituent selected from an oxiranyl group, an oxetanyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, an oxazoline group, a cyclocarbonate group, a hydroxyl group, and an alkoxy group, and crosslinking compounds having a polymerizable unsaturated group, a functional silane compound, a metal chelate compound, a curing accelerator, a surfactant, an antioxidant, a sensitizer, a preservative, and an additive component selected from a compound for adjusting the dielectric constant and electrical resistance of the resulting liquid crystal alignment film.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の液晶配向剤から得られる液晶配向膜。 A liquid crystal alignment film obtained from the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 8.  請求項9に記載の液晶配向膜を具備する液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element comprising the liquid crystal alignment film according to claim 9.  横電界液晶表示素子である、請求項10に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 10, which is a horizontal electric field liquid crystal display element.  下記の工程(1)~(3)を含む、液晶表示素子の製造方法。
 工程(1):請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の液晶配向剤を基板上に塗布する工程
 工程(2):塗布した前記液晶配向剤を焼成し、膜を得る工程
 工程(3):工程(2)で得られた前記膜に配向処理する工程
A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element, comprising the following steps (1) to (3):
Step (1): A step of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 8 onto a substrate; Step (2): A step of baking the applied liquid crystal alignment agent to obtain a film; Step (3): A step of performing an alignment treatment on the film obtained in step (2).
PCT/JP2024/035592 2023-10-10 2024-10-04 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element Pending WO2025079519A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023-175168 2023-10-10
JP2023175168 2023-10-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025079519A1 true WO2025079519A1 (en) 2025-04-17

Family

ID=95395746

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/035592 Pending WO2025079519A1 (en) 2023-10-10 2024-10-04 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202534109A (en)
WO (1) WO2025079519A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015092222A (en) * 2013-10-03 2015-05-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2015215462A (en) * 2014-05-09 2015-12-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method of the same
JP2016051169A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-04-11 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP2017198975A (en) * 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and method for producing the same, liquid crystal element, polymer and compound
JP2022027466A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element
WO2022220199A1 (en) * 2021-04-13 2022-10-20 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2022188742A (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-21 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation membrane and liquid crystal device
JP2023074216A (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-29 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal element
JP2023117826A (en) * 2022-02-14 2023-08-24 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal element

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015092222A (en) * 2013-10-03 2015-05-14 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2015215462A (en) * 2014-05-09 2015-12-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method of the same
JP2016051169A (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-04-11 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP2017198975A (en) * 2016-04-25 2017-11-02 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and method for producing the same, liquid crystal element, polymer and compound
JP2022027466A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element
WO2022220199A1 (en) * 2021-04-13 2022-10-20 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2022188742A (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-21 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation membrane and liquid crystal device
JP2023074216A (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-29 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal element
JP2023117826A (en) * 2022-02-14 2023-08-24 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202534109A (en) 2025-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7505643B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2022234820A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2024105348A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
KR20250009419A (en) Novel diamine compound, polymer obtained by using the diamine, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2023286735A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element production method, and liquid crystal display element
JP7351435B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
WO2024157869A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2023286733A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal display element, and liquid crystal display element
WO2023074392A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW202328410A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2022270287A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025079519A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025079518A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025205803A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025079517A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025105278A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025079520A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025105279A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2024122359A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025121189A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025177974A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025177978A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025121249A1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TW202405141A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
WO2025089307A1 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24877115

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1